Author: admin

  • Getting Used by My Master and Another

    My old ‘master’ Frank told me to got onto the bed naked and to put my head down and my arse up.

    He was a strong built guy of sixty and I a mere slim built lad of twenty so his orders had to be obeyed.

    I did as he told me and awaited whatever he had in mind. He was naked but for a small leather posing pouch, which hardly held in his cock and balls, and a leather harness which criss crossed his hairy chest.

    “I have something special for you today Billy” he said “A big man with a huge cock for you. You’d like that won’t you Billy?”.

    “Yes sir” I replied

    Frank squirted two syringes of lube into my arsehole, the warm liquid making my hole twitch.

    “Now we have to get that arse nice and hot for our visitor don’t we?” he said.

    I didn’t reply, I was still enjoying the feel of the warm lube up my arse.

    “Don’t we?” he insisted and I replied with a pathetic “Yes sir”.

    Six swiped across my arse with a leather paddle and my bum cheeks were throbbing red and hot as hell.

    “Do you want some more Billy?” he asked

    “No” I replied.

    “No sir!” he said and swiped my arse again twice with the paddle.

    Sometimes he was so mean to me but I liked the dominance and I loved that he fucked me every night and every morning without fail.

    Often I would have to take his cock down my throat and let him pump his seed into my gullet other times he would sit grinning as I ate a yoghurt pot that he’d spunked his load in. I loved it all even the spankings and forced cum eating, he was my master after all and I loved him.

    “Now I will have to bind fold you Billy so that you cannot see the man who is going to fuck you. It was what he wanted, you understand?”.

    “Yes sir” I replied as he tied a blindfold over my eyes.

    I felt pretty vulnerable especially when the room went totally quiet and I was laying there arse up, cheeks red and glowing and hole full of lube.

    It felt like an eternity before I heard voiced far away, in the hall I think, and then I heard the bedroom door open.

    “Here is he is” said Frank “All ready for your big cock”.

    Whoever he was speaking to didn’t answer but I knew he was approaching me.

    Suddenly I felt somebody’s hands on my shoulders and the heat of a cock near my arsehole. I tensed up and was immediately slapped on the arse cheeks.

    “Open up your fuck hole!” demanded Frank “Let the man shove his big cock in”.

    I nervously relaxed and a knob of some considerable size pushed against my hot sphincter.

    The hands gripped my shoulders tightly and with a thrust I felt the thickness of a hot cock easing into my arse.

    I moaned low and deep, the thickness of the prick stretching my hole as it inched even further up me.

    Another hard whack of my arse and the stinging pain distracted me to let the full length of the cock gore me to the balls.

    “You need something to suck on to stop your feeble moaning” said Frank and he positioned himself in front of me, pushing his prick towards my lips.

    I opened up my mouth and he slipped his gnarled old stiff cock inside.

    “Get that down your fucking throat lad, right down” he said and I relaxed my gullet and took the shaft down till my nose was sniffing the musky smell of his pubes.

    The hard cock up my arse drove deep into me, the hot knob smacking my prostate making my cock pour with glistening pre cum.

    The man fucking me grabbed my wrists and pulled the behind my back. I caught a glimpse of a very recognisable tattoo on the man’s forearm and my prick jumped and oozed more pre cum. The man was my fucking step dad Gary!.

    With this information I wallowed in the knowledge that his prick was inside me as I had always fancied the pants off of him.

    Harder and faster drove his cock, taking my breath, my throat now fighting for some air as my masters dick filled my throat.

    Gary pulled at my hair and eased my head off my masters cock giving me time to breathe, his prick still ramming my poor arsehole to the limit.

    Frank’s prick was against my cheek now, hot and throbbing, his balls jumping to the lap of my tongue. My arsehole was out of control, twitching and contracting until the cock pounding my prostate sent me into a wild anal orgasm that kept

    my hole pulsating and my cock spurting six hefty jolts of spunk onto the bed.

    I was writhing in my own sperm as Frank tossed his cock over my face, his volume of spunk remarkable for a man his age. From forehead to lips strings of pearls draped across my face, my tongue out catching another jet of jizz.

    Gary, almost sixty, was till pounding my hole, his rigidly stiff cock fucking my like he was a teen with an insatiable appetite for my young arsehole.

    My throat felt sore, my hole was certainly going to feel the after effects of Gary’s wild fucking . Would my randy old step dad ever shoot his spunk up my arse?

    Lost in the darkness of the blindfold I could concentrate on the feel of the cock using my hole and it felt fucking awesome. A final unbelievable shafting had me gasping for breath and a loud banshee of a howl told me that Gary was pumping his warm man batter into my arse.

    He slammed his cock into me, his knob spurting a week’s worth of sperm into my gut.

    I was panting and gasping as Gary pulled from me, my poor hole quivering helplessly as sperm seeped from me.

    “Let me see that creamy hole lad” said Frank getting off the bed.

    “Wow look at that juicy twitching arsehole? So much cum running from it”. said Frank dipping a finger into my wet cummy honey pot.

    He shoved his cream finger into my mouth and told me to suck on it and as I did he gave my bum cheeks a hard slapping, forcing more sperm from my hole.

    I was well and truly fucked and rolled over onto my back and pulled off my blindfold.

    My step dad looked horrified, his rather handsome face distorted as he realized he’d been exposed.

    “It’s O.K.” I said. “I won’t tell mum”.

    “No you fucking won’t” said Frank ready to slap my arse again.

    I looked at my step dad’s big fucking cock and was surprised that I’d been able to take it deep inside me.

    “I won’t tell as long as you fuck me again…………’daddy’ ” I said with a cheeky grin on my face.

    Gary and Frank confirmed their pleasure in my answer by both of them licking the cum off my face as I lay back in contentment.

  • Cigar and Alpha Appreciation Society

    The sex with Logan got better each time we hooked up. Despite seeing myself as a top in most situations, sex with Logan was something else. He knew how to push my buttons. The more aggressive he acted the more eager I was to please him, and I would do anything to serve him. Although originally the plan for our evenings was to help me become more of an alpha top, there was something about watching his natural dominance play out that made any intention to match it futile. I’m not sure that Logan minded as he always had an eager mouth ready to service him when he needed to relax with a cigar, and horny arse anytime he needed to work off some aggression. Nonetheless Logan was always keen to help me on my journey, saying he looked forward to us being an alpha team. This always made me happy to hear, but was not sure how we’d get there. Little did I know that he had plans to make it happen at our next meet up.

    Tonight’s hookup started similar to the others. I arrived early in the evening and drove straight into his garage. Although this time he was not waiting by the door to his house. A little surprised, I let myself in. I called out, to which he replied, “in the living room, I started early”, then he added “get kitted up and join me”. I knew he was referring to me choosing an outfit from the coat closet where he kept all his leather clothing. He had a well stocked supply of leather attire and my choice of what to wear could dictate how the evening went. This time however, when I opened the doors the only thing in there was a leather jacket, harness and boots. Given the lack of choice, it was clear that tonight he wanted me to be more assertive. A little more alpha. With that clear, I kept my jeans and changed into my harness, boots and jacket and walked to the living room.

    As I got closer, I could smell the heavy tobacco notes of his cigar, which was turning me on. When I entered the room, I was shocked to find Logan sitting in his favorite armchair, leather jacket on, smoking his cigar, with naked young twink kneeling between his legs, working on his cock. I could feel the rapid rush of jealousy course through my body, but before I could say anything, he said “I like you to meet Tyler, he appreciates alpha cigar men like us and wants to join our club”. Tyler looked up and smiled at me, without taking his lips off Logan’s cock, and then got back to work. Logan then said, “grab a cigar and whiskey and join me”. Still mad, I quietly went to his bar and grabbed a drink and helped myself to one of his cigars. After preparing it and lighting it, I took one long inhale, and breathed out a nice plume of blue gray smoke. With that I felt calmer and turned around to look at the scene before me, and watching intently I made my way to the other arm chair.  

    As I leaned back in the chair enjoying my beverage and cigar, I allowed myself to take in the action in front of me. i had to admit It was incredibly hot to watch this twink lovingly work on Logan’s cock. The kid was barely in his twenties and clearly half Logan’s age. As I looked over, Logan was staring right at me, smirking with a cigar in his mouth. Without breaking eye contact, he grabbed Tyler’s head and aggressively pushed him further down on his dick. Tyler was accommodating, taking more of him in. Logan then thrusted his hips up and down, face fucking the kid, who met every thrust with eager lips. This action was getting me harder and harder and I needed to do something about it. So, i brought the cigar back to my lips, and then released my cock from my jeans to begin working my member. I focused my gaze on Logan, as I caressed my cock, which brought a smile to Logan’s face.

    Before long, Logan commanded Tyler, to turn his attention to me. taking his lips off Logan’s cock, he looked over at me and smiled. on hands and knees he pivoted around and came towards me. this allowed me to get a better look at Tyler. He was certainly cute. He had big blue eyes, a boyish clean shaven face and beautiful full lips. His ruffled light brown hair only added to his boyish charms. Seeing him kneeling between my legs, looking up at me, only made my dick harder. Without missing a heart beat, he began working on my cock, starting on the head and slowly working down the shaft. He certainly was talented. As I took another inhale from my cigar, I looked over at Logan, who was lounging back, semi erect cock hanging between his legs also enjoying his cigar. As I looked over at the cocky bastard I only got madder, thinking how he tricked me. Although it was hard to complain with this twink on my cock, I still felt the rage at Logan. I decided to take this anger out on Tyler, holding his head down and fucking his face, trying to get Logan jealous. Instead this only turned him on as his dick got harder again. For a brief minute i felt bad for Tyler, but looking down at him, I saw he too was clearly loving this. 

    With the heat turned up, Logan stood up and came over to us. He then placed his hands on Tyler’s perfectly round arse and gave him a single spank. Tyler let out a slight whelp. Then Logan reached further around, using his fingers to search for the boy’s hole. Once he found what he was looking for, he began probing the boi’s hole. Without missing a beat he then leaned over and kissed me. As our tongues explored each other’s mouths my anger subsided. He stood back up to give his full attention to Tyler’s arse as his fingers explored his hole. I knew that soon this little twink was in for a spit roast unlike anything he likely experienced before.  

    With his arse well primed, Logan grabbed some lube from the coffee table and prepared his magnificent 8 inch cock. I could not stop staring at this beast with full hairy pecs bursting from his leather harness and leather jacket loosely hanging on his shoulders. He had his cigar between his lips as he readied his cock. Again I found myself being jealous of Tyler and the aggressive fucking i knew he was about to receive. Again I channeled my feelings into face fucking the twink. With Tyler’s attention firmly on my cock, Logan took the opportunity to slowly push his manhood into the boi’s hole. Tyler released my cock and took a deep breath. With that I brought the boys head up and kissed him… feeling the air being forced out of his lungs. Once Logan was balls deep, I released Tyler and directed him back on my cock. This lamb was now ready for the slaughter. 

    With Logans cock all in, and the boi’s hole stretched, I looked into Logan’s eyes and took an inhale of my cigar anticipating what was next. Logan then slowly took his cock out of boys hole, and just as it’s head popped out, he rammed it back in with full force, and in doing so released a manly grunt. With the force Tyler was pushed deeper onto my cock preventing him from exhaling. Again Logan stopped when balls deep, paused, took an inhale from the cigar still in his mouth and exhaled a gorgeous plume of smoke. He then put the cigar down and grabbed Tyler’s hips. I knew now he was ready to really give the boy his full attention. He then repeated it, pulling out and ramming it in again, over and over. He was relentless. It was clear it was hard for boy to focus, so I released him from my cock while Logan did his thing. It was fucking hot watching the aggression Logan was unleashing on the boy. This was a rare glimpse of what he looked like when he fucked me. I could have exploded just watching the scene. To take the edge off I continued to sip my whiskey and puff on my cigar, alternating between watching the pleasure and pain in the boy’s face and the manly aggression in Logan’s eyes. The pounding Tyler was getting almost made me feel sorry for the boy, but having been on the other end I knew how enjoyable it was, if he just leaned into it. I occasionally reach down to kiss Tyler on his luscious cock-sucking lips, trying to help him to not focus on the pain.  

    After some aggressive pounding, Logan picked the boy up and moved him to the leather couch. Now on his back, Logan got to look in boy’s eyes as he returned to fucking him. Tyler could now also appreciate the manly aggression of Logan’s face as he pounded him. I could see that Logan was getting close. This was turning me on, so I stood up, and walked over to Logan, grabbed his face to turn him to me, and kissed him on the lips. Although my intention was selfish, I also wanted to help him to delay the inevitable and build up tension. He then broke away and let out a roar as he exploded into the boy. His body shook with each wave of the orgasm. When done he then collapsed onto the boy. Once he had gained some composure he began kissing Tyler. As Logan stood up, I passed him my cigar, as he slowly pulled out. As his dick exited the boys hole, his cock was dripping with sweat and cum. Without missing a beat, I dropped to my knees and cleaned his cock while he began to pay full attention to his cigar.

    With his cock cleaned, I turned my attention to Tyler’s arse. I encouraged the boy to release Logan’s seed onto my eager tongue. After the aggressive fucking the boy was clearly enjoying the gentile attention my tongue was now giving to his swore pussy. However Logan had a different plan. he ordered me to stand up and told me it was my turn. I did not need any more instruction. Tyler’s arse was beautiful and was happy to take Logan’s sloppy second. In my best attempt to turn on my alphadom, I took the cigar from Logan’s mouth, and brought it to my lips. Not breaking our stare, I took my cock and rammed it into Tyler before he could realize what was happening. The sweat and cum lubed my entry and I was balls deep in no time. I took a inspiration from watching Logan work the boy and began fucking him forcefully. I tried to channel the rage I felt at the beginning of the evening. As I was working the boy, Logan took my cigar and went to other end of couch and placed his balls on the boy’s face. Tyler needed no instruction and began licking Logan’s balls while I pounded his arse. Logan just watched me, sneering, encouraging me to go harder and faster. It did not take me long before I also was ready to explode in the boy. My body shook as I released my load, wave after wave, as I too collapsed onto Tyler. 

    Once I gained my composure, Logan directed me to sit back in our armchairs. Tyler remained spent and prostrated on the couch. Logan and I grabbed our cigars, relit them and relaxed back in our chairs. Logan then ordered him to refill our whisky glasses. Without hesitation, he got up and did as he was told. Logan looked at me and smiled as he puffed away. Still naked Logan, I got a good look at his long lean body and beautiful face. Sweaty and disheveled, he looked hotter than before. I noticed he was still erect and realized he had not cum. He then asked Logan permission if he could masturbate to get some release. Logan grunted no and told him to return to the couch. He told him that he had to wait while we finished our cigars, which will take awhile. Frustrated, Tyler laid down on the couch staring at us both wantingly. He was like a gorgeous painting which was hard to not stare at. I tried to focus hard on discussions with Logan. Ignoring the boy was not easy but I knew this was part of my alpha training. I also knew that night was young and no doubt Logan had more plans and I only had to wait and play along. My mind was racing with what was next for us. Regardless of what was next, I realized that I was going to enjoy my alpha training and looked forward to Tyler joining in more sessions with Logan and I. It was then that I realized that I had no reason to be jealous as this was all part of the plan. 

  • Bonner

    Prologue

    Everything isn’t what it seems at Grant High School.

    On the road to football glory, Bonner isn’t the all-American boy he appears to be.

    An anonymous note in Coach Winger’s Grant High School mailbox tells him the truth about the newly discovered star quarterback, Bonner.

    The coach needs to decide what to do. Would he forfeit a perfect record, a dream season and his first shot at the league championship, on the basis of an unsigned note?

    Who would do that?

    Dropping this bomb could, almost certainly would, cost him his job. It was Coach Winger’s football team after all.

    * * * *

    For David

    For my readers outside of the U.S.

    Bonner is set on American football fields. The story is not about American football, which perhaps should be called handball, except that is a whole different ballgame. This story is about desire, two boys who love each other, and a coach who must decide whether or not to allow a player to play even though he’s technically ineligible.

     His ineligibility has nothing to do with his ability to play the game well. 


    Dropping Bombs

    It was at lunchtime on Monday when Coach Winger went to his office to prepare for that afternoon’s practice. After putting his things where he could get to them, he was off to the cafeteria.

    It was spaghetti on Mondays and it wasn’t half bad. With a half dozen extra pieces of garlic bread, Coach Winger was ready to return to his office, where he had a thermos full of his wife’s sun tea waiting to wash the meal down with.

    On the way he decided to check his school mailbox in the main office. He’d duck in without fear of being waylaid. Everyone would be at lunch at that time of day.

    There was always information he failed to get on time because his mind was mostly on football during football season. Everyone knew if they wanted to talk to him, they’d need to catch him on the football field or during one of his U.S. History classes, but they were forever shoving special events notifications into his mailbox.

    He often ended up a day late and a dollar short, literally, concerning most of these events, even the ones that specified, ‘All teachers need to attend.’

    Since he hasn’t checked the box in a week, he checks to see if there is something he needs to beg his way out of doing. His mind is usually on football and only football this time of year. With Grant on its way to their best season ever, no one is going to argue with him about some mundane task he doesn’t have time to do.

    Football and his U.S. history were all he had time for.

    *****

    Entering the season, with Casterbrook as his returning quarterback, Scott and Carlos as returning running backs, and Johnson and Taylor as receivers, Grant was expecting to have a good season, and they’d done better than that.

    Grant rolled over Western in the first game of the season. The offense performed up to expectations and Coach Winger felt as though he finally had his dream team.

    It crossed the coaches mind more than once, the Grant Lions may be on the way to a championship for the first time. Between the Grant Lions and a league championship stood the Woodruff Eagles in the same division Grant was in. They’d play each other in the final game of the regular season. The winner would go on to play in the league championship game.

    Woodruff, defending league champions, would be the toughest test. Grant hadn’t won against Woodruff in the past five seasons, but Grant had half the team from last year returning as seniors. If they didn’t win the championship this year, he didn’t know if they’d ever be able to win it.

    Being the coach at Grant High for twelve of its fifteen football seasons, Coach Winger didn’t head a football program bathed in glory. With only two winning teams in the last ten seasons, he didn’t see a future for him at Grant. Even with Casterbrook leading the charge, Coach Winger figured his coaching career was on life-support.

    That’s how it looked to him at the start of the season. Now his team was riding an eight game winning streak. He was the envy of the league.

    He put away his resume to enjoy the attention that came with being a winner. It was all new to him.

    There was one sealed envelope in his school mailbox. It was just a slot with his name under it. He pulled it out and it felt like one sheet of paper inside.

    He ripped it open.

    Luckily he’d set his tray down, because he would have dropped it if he hadn’t.

    He looked around. Everyone was at lunch. He would return to his office before reading it again. Maybe it wouldn’t sound so threatening the second time he read it.

    He was halfway down the hall before he remembered his tray. He had to go back for it, even though he’d lost his appetite. Someone would wonder who left his tray next to the mailboxes. The cafeteria cashier could tell them who it was that had six slices of garlic bread piled on his plate.

    He didn’t want anyone wondering how he managed to forget his lunch in the office next to the mailboxes. He cursed the note and he cursed his decision to check his box.

    Coach Winger looked both ways before he entered the gym. No one had noticed him. He walked to his office, went in, closed the door, and he sat his tray down on the small table near his desk. He sat down and placed the open envelope in front of him. He removed the sheet of paper.

    Coach Winger read the note again. Not only was the season in jeopardy, his career was too. This could ruin him. He carefully examined the note and then the envelop. There was no name on either item. The note was anonymous. Someone wrote him a note that could bring the Grant football program crashing down around him and he didn’t have the balls to put his name on it.

    He thought he could ignore such a note. Why say such a thing about Bonner?

    It was a hoax. He’d heard of such things before.

    The coach opened his desk draw and he took out a pack of Marlboros he’d confiscated from one of his players. He remembered that there was a pack of matches with them. He struck a match and lit the corner of the paper.

    It began to burn. He watched as the fire reached the words on the page. He was putting an end to a controversy before it was allowed to spread.

    That’s when he had second thoughts. Coach Winger quickly put it out before the fire could destroy the words. This was evidence. He might want to keep it. He put the half burned sheet of paper back into the envelope and he opened his file cabinet and he placed it behind all the files at the back of the top drawer.

    Why should he let some crackpot upset the Grant applecart? It was the best team he’d ever coached.

    That’s what it was. Someone wanted to derail Grant’s season. As coach, he couldn’t allow that. He would do anything to prevent it. His boys had earned every win. They had yet to get a shot at Woodruff, and if they beat them, they’d go on to play for the league championship.

    The coach went to the file cabinet and he fished around behind the files until he found the note. He took it back to his desk. He’d tried to burn the evidence. He couldn’t show it to anyone without them seeing what he’d tried to do. He’d need to say he didn’t get the note.

    Was that the right thing to do? More importantly, what was he going to do with a perfect season on the line? He’d never had this kind of success with any team he coached.

    Bonner’s skills were perfected and his head was always in the game. Why would anyone say such a thing about him. As the Grant quarterback, he’d led the team to one victory after another. He did it with a good team and players who had come into their own that season.

    The note was a prank or it was meant to disrupt Grant’s preparations for Woodruff. That had to be it. No signature on the note meant he didn’t need to give it credibility and he didn’t believe the note anyway. He refused to upset his team by revealing what the note said. They needed to keep their minds on football and the note had nothing to do with football.

    The season was every players’ and coaches’ dream.

    What was the right thing to do?

    What would Coach Winger do?

    He put the note in the top drawer beside the Marlboros. He opened the door to his office before going to sit back behind his desk. He got up to retrieve his tray. He unscrewed the top of his thermos to poor out his wife’s sun tea.

    He’d eat his lunch and forget the note.

    That’s what he’d do.

    *****

    Coach Winger sat remembering the day Bonner walked onto the summer practice field. The boy carried his pads and his helmet. He’d recently moved into the Grant school district and he wanted to play football.

    Except Bonner was too small to be a quarterback in their league and he lacked experience. Most of the teams Grant would play that season had full sized lineman who would salivate at an opportunity to rush a 150 pound quarterback. The new kid wouldn’t last the first quarter if Winger dared to put him into a game.

    That’s all there was to it and that’s all the thought the coach needed to give to the new arrival. He doubted the new arrival would play a single down in a Grant game. The risk of him being injured was too great.

    Bonner spent his time throwing passes to the second and third string receivers. On the days the starting team practiced on the high school football field, Bonner sat in the bleachers and watched the plays. It wasn’t a complicated offense and Bonner memorized the quarterback’s moves.

    Bonner was quicker, more agile. He was accustomed to having his brothers, football players all, in his face all the time. They didn’t let up because he was small and Bonner didn’t expect them to. He knew what it felt like to be hit by a 220 pound lineman. His brothers saw to it.

    Because Bonner wanted to be like his brothers, he took the hits. That’s where he learned to play football. He’d never been on an organized team, but the neighborhood boys who played football behind the Boys Club all were on football teams at school or for local football clubs. He learned from them until he was good enough to play as quarterback.

    Coach Winger would pay the price for ignoring Bonner. An injury to his only quarterback, Casterbrook, had Coach Winger looking down at his mangled leg in only the second game of the season.

    It was his heart breaking as a promising season seemed to be lost when his quarterback went down and he didn’t get up.

    Bonner sprang up, put on his helmet, and he readied himself to go into the Central game toward the end of the third quarter. There was no thought involved. He was Grant’s only other quarterback and he had memorized the plays that Casterbrook ran in practice. Of course he’d play.

    Only the coach still held onto the belief that Bonner was too small. Casterbrooks injury changed the dynamics of Grant’s season. He didn’t have another quarterback. Putting someone in to take snaps was possible, but that too was a risky proposition.

    Looking at Casterbrook, waiting for the stretcher to carry him and his football hopes away, Coach Winger thought it was the end of a season he was sure would be his best ever. This was the best team he’d ever coached.

    It was a clean hit. Casterbrook held onto the ball for too long, and he knew better. Rather than dumping it out of bounds and risk a penalty, he turned to distance himself between him and the charging defense. As he turned, he was hit. the side of his knee took the hit. The ACL was torn.

    To make matters even worse, Casterbrook fumbled when he was hit and an alert Central player scooped up the ball and ran it into the end zone for a touchdown.

    Coach Winger had to decided what he was going to do for a quarterback. Bonner, helmet on, waited for instructions.

    After the extra point, which Central would make, the subsequent kickoff would come to Grant with the score Central 14 and Grant 7.

    After Casterbrook was removed from the field, and the extra point was made, Coach Winger stood on the sidelines calculating what to do after the kickoff. He had to gather himself together, accept the loss, and move forward.

    *****

    The coach ignored Bonner, who stood at his elbow. He’d ignored him since he’d walked on at summer practice. He’d seen Bonner throw 10 out of twelve passes through the center of a swinging tire.

    A tire wasn’t going to rush him. It was a cute trick.

    “I can do this, coach. Let me take the snaps,” Bonner said with more confidence in his scratchy voice than he felt.

    Neither of them thought Bonner would ever quarterback a game. Originally Bonner’s game was to make the Grant football team. This was way different from that.

    The coach looked at Bonner closely for the first time. He didn’t know what he was going to do. He didn’t want to play Bonner. If he played Bonner and he got hurt, no one would miss that he was too small to be on the field with boys a hundred pounds heavier than he was.

    Bonner had his helmet on and the refs were blowing their whistles and then the kickoff was in the air as the coach watched Scott run under it and maneuver his way to Grant’s 40 yard line.

    Coach Winger’s time for vacillation was up.

    He could put in some athletic kid to replace Casterbrook, Scott or Johnson could take snaps, but that was a dead end and he wasn’t going to give up. His defense could hold against any team and they deserved the best chance he could give them.

    Maybe Bonner could hold his own until the end of the game. Being behind, his offense had little chance of scoring against even Central, but his defense would hold and maybe they’d force a fumble and somehow Grant could get out OT there with a tie.

    “Coach, you need to get your offense on the field. I know losing your quarterback is rough, but I’ll give you a minute and then I’ll have to penalize you for delay of game.”

    The head linesman ran back onto the field.

    “OK, Bonner, you’re it. Hold on to the damn ball. Don’t put it on the ground. Run Scott, Carlos, Scott, and if by some miracle we get a first down, run Scott, Carlos, and Scott. God help us all,” Coach Winger said.

    As quick as the snap was in Bonner’s hands, Central’s all out rush knocked him down for a five yard loss. Coach Winger held his head. The second play was a repeat of the first play, and the third play mirrored the second play. It was forth and thirty-three yards for a first down.

    The remarkable thing about Bonner being sacked three times in a row. He got up after ever sack. He endured the beating he took well. Maybe they wouldn’t kill him after all.

    Winger didn’t want to watch, but like with a train wreck, he couldn’t look away.

    His defense held Central to a gain of seven yards in their three downs and the ball was about to be punted back to Grant.

    Bonner had his helmet back on and was ready to run onto the field with his offense. Coach Winger held Bonner back.

    “Bonner, you sure you want to go back out there?” Coach Winger asked.

    “Yes, coach.”

    “If you can avoid being sacked by throwing the ball out of bounds, go ahead and do that. Just don’t toss it to a Central player for Christ sake.”

    “You said to keep it on a ground. I could have rolled out and avoided being sacked, but you said to keep it on the ground,” Bonner said. “The offensive line isn’t blocking, coach. I would do a lot better if they give me some time.”

    “I know what I said. Now I’m saying, if you can’t make a clean hand off to Scott or Carlos, roll to your left and throw it out of bounds. That way we lose so many yards.”

    After three straight sacks, Bonner seemed none the worse for wear. He had guts.

    Bonner was only sacked twice on his second set of downs. He threw one pass out of bounds and Grant was punting to Central from their twenty-eight yard line. That was an improvement of eleven yards from his first set of downs.

    It was clear that the offensive line did not have their heads in the game. Before Casterbrook’s injury, they had little trouble holding Grant’s defense out of the back field on most plays. They were not doing that for Bonner.

    Bonner barely got the ball before Central was on him.

    Winger didn’t know if Bonner could move the ball. He had managed to survive two sets of downs, which was remarkable but Central’s defense was overpowering Grant’s offensive line.

    Coach Winger understood what was happening. He’d seen it enough times to recognize the symptoms. A key player goes down and players lose focus. They are no longer able to execute without the missing player.

    The line had to hold if he was going to find out what he had in Bonner. With Central’s defense constantly in Bonner’s face, he couldn’t see down field. The line had to hold.

    As the offense was ready to take the field after another three downs and out by Central, Coach Winger called the offensive line to come over to him.

    He should have done it immediately after they took Casterbrook off the field, but like his offensive line, the coach was unable to execute because his mind was on the injured player and not on the game.

    “I want my offensive line over here. Take a knee,” Coach Winger ordered.

    His players circled him beside Grant’s bench.

    “Casterbrook is gone. He won’t be back. We’ve got Bonner. You aren’t protecting him. Unless you hold their defense, and it’s a crappy defense, Bonner doesn’t have time to run a play. He’s too busy running for his life. Letting Central kick your asses won’t bring Casterbrook back, but if you protect Bonner, he might be able to move the ball. Gentlemen, we could still win this game, but you need to play like you play for Casterbrook. It’s up to you. Go out there and show me what you’ve got,” Coach Winger said.

    Bonner heard it. He followed the offensive line onto the field. He’d been told what to do and if he had a couple more seconds each play, he knew he could do it. Central’s defense wasn’t as big or as aggressive as his brother’s were, and Bonner could play pretty good football with his brothers in his face.

    Bonner played football with his brothers and their friends since he was twelve. He was the quarterback because his brothers were too big and too clumsy to be the quarterback. He’d been knocked down a lot but as he grew, he learned how to move, dodge, and get the ball down field.

    Central’s defense came back on the field with confidence. They’d been chasing Bonner around in his backfield for two sets of downs and they were sure they could keep doing it. They were in the lead and they didn’t intend to give it up.

    Bonner was in the middle of the huddle with Coach Winger’s words fresh in everyone’s heads. He would hand off to Scott, after faking a hand off to Carlos. If his line didn’t keep Central’s defense off him, he’d be sacked before he ran the play.

    “OK, block those sons of bitches and let’s win this game,” Bonner yelled, his scratchy voice loud enough for Coach Winger to hear.

    He expected to be sacked again, but he did his best to sell what they needed to do.

    When the snap was made, he dropped back, turned toward Carlos, reversed to turn toward Scott, and by the time Scott hit the line of scrimmage, Central’s defense was on its collective ass. Grant had not only held, they ran over top of the defensive line with Scott following them.

    Scott ran for twelve yards. His longest run of the day.

    “Yes!” Coach Winger yelled. Thrusting his arm in the air and turning in a circle.

    Bonner wasn’t sacked again that day.

    “You want to win this game,” Bonner asked in the subsequent huddle.

    “Yes,” the offense yelled.

    “We need to tie it first. Then we’ll win it,” he said. “We can run three plays before the end of the quarter. No huddle. Next play I’ll hand off to Carlos, and then I’ll hand off to Scott. The clock will be running. Line up fast. Johnson, on the third play, go to the left sideline. On a two count, let Central blitz me. I’ll step up and throw to Johnson. He can out run anyone on the field.”

    Grant was penalized five yards for delay of game.

    On first and fifteen, Carlos ran for six yards. With second and nine, Scott ran for eight yards. With the clock running, Grant lined up without a huddle. On the snap Bonner started back. On a two count the line stopped blocking Central out and they flooded the backfield.

    Bonner stepped up and hit Johnson on the Central 40 yard line. Johnson didn’t stop running until he set the ball down in the end zone. The kick was good.

    Grant 14, Central 14.

    Coach Winger had his tie and he thought that was the best they were going to do without Casterbrook. As long as the defense played up to its potential, Grant might get out of Central with a tie.

    The fourth quarter started. Grant kicked off to Central, after the coach talked to his defense.

    “You’ve dominated them defensively all day. A tie is as good as a win today. Hold them. Don’t give them an inch,” Coach Winger said.

    Grant held Central short of making a first down and the ball was punted back to Grant with eleven minutes left in the game. Bonner handed off to Scott, Carlos, and then Scott.

    Central went back to blitzing on every play. They weren’t going to give Bonner time to pass the ball and Grant was unable to make a first down. The two defenses were fired up and determined not to let the other team score.

    Bonner kept the ball on the ground. After getting the snap, he turned right or left to hand off. He was creating a rhythm, a pattern, something Central could shoot at, while the offensive line held them long enough to avoid a sack.

    Bonner had a plan.

    Central increased the number of players they sent after Bonner on each play. They calculated that the offensive line was going to tire and when it did, they’d get to Bonner for a big loss.

    Central didn’t have anything to lose. Grant was the superior team and a tie was a win to them in a season that they weren’t expecting to win many games.

    The blitz came predictably the next two plays. Bonner backed away from the line with the ball, sticking it in Scott’s arms as he dropped back. Scott moved as though he was part of the fake. The Central defense passed Scott on their way to Bonner. They were sure they had him this time.

    Bonner wasn’t sacked. He got rid of the ball and stood with his hands down and Central’s rush let up.

    Scott broke free for a ten yard run. Grant had a first down. The clock ran with the two minute warning close.

    Bonner ran Scott for three yards and the clock was stopped by the two minute warning. It would be second and seven when play resumed. Grant was on Central’s thirty-eight yard line.

    In the huddle Bonner said, “I’ll run Scott up the middle on the next play. With the clock running there won’t be time to huddle. We’ll line up immediately on third down. I’ll fake to Scott and then step up. Johnson, break to your left. Once the defender bites, I’ll throw you a pass down the middle at the thirty yard line. With them blitzing every play, there won’t be anyone there who can catch you. Got it?”

    Johnson said, “I got it. You guys give him time to get me the ball. We can win this game if you do.”

    “A tie is like kissing your sister,” Bonner said. “Let’s win this game.”

    Scott was knocked down after he gained a yard. Central’s defense was expecting Scott to run the ball.

    When Grant didn’t huddle, Central was caught off guard. As Bonner was calling signals, they hurried to the line to avoid a penalty, but they were ready. On the snap Bonner dropped back, faking to Scott, and he ran straight at the line of scrimmage where eight Central defense men waited for him.

    As Central focused on Scott, Bonner stepped up and passed the ball to Johnson.

    Johnson ran under the ball at the thirty. He ramped up to full speed, taking the ball into the end zone.

    The score was Grant 20 and Central 14.

    Bonner had done it.

    On a wing and a prayer Grant won the game and Bonner made a lot of new friends. The wary football team was among them.

    The Casterbrook era at Grant was over.

    The era of ‘Bonnerball’ had just begun.

    Chapter 2

    Johnson’s Crush

    Some players accept the change faster than others. Casterbrook had friends on the Grant Lion’s team, but as long as Grant kept winning, no one complain too loudly.

    There was a championship on the line.

    Maybe Bonner would be OK.

    Bonner quarterbacked the Grant Lions after the Central game. Coach Winger wasn’t sure what he had. He intended to find out by letting Bonner run the offense at practice.

    The team needed to become familiar with how Bonner played the game. The team needed to know what Bonner could do. Coach Winger needed to know what he could do. That way he’d have a better idea of which plays to run.

    After that, Coach Winger needed to do was pray that a two hundred and fifty pound linebacker didn’t land on Bonner. After it was all said and done, Bonner was still too small and that truth was apparent.

    The other truth for Coach Winger, Bonner was the only quarterback he had.

    The team took surprisingly little convincing, once Bonner pulled the rabbit out of his helmet at Central. They wanted to believe in fairy-tales and Bonner. They wanted to win. If they couldn’t do it with Casterbrook, they were more than willing to win with Bonner.

    Casterbrook didn’t come to practice until Tuesday after the game in which he tore his ACL He was on crutches.

    Casterbrook stood on the sidelines watching Bonner moving his offense up and down the field. He handed off to Scott, to Carlos, to Scott, and he threw passes to Johnson and Taylor. Once he used them all, he started all over again.

    Coach Winger blew his whistle, yelled instructions, and he let Bonner run his offense. He’d seen Casterbrook hobble out to the football field. He wanted Casterbrook to watch for long enough to process that it wasn’t his team any longer.

    This was the cruel truth about football and most sports. No matter how big a star you are, once you can’t play any longer, the game will find a way to go on without you.

    When Coach Winger called a break, the offense crowded around casterbrook. Bonner steered clear. He wouldn’t add insult to injury. He knew how he’d feel if the roles were reversed.

    Johnson said hello to Casterbrook. He wished him well. Then he went to stand by Bonner. Other players followed Johnson’s lead. Casterbrook’s closest friends wanted to stay around him as long as possible.

    Having an injured player hanging around practice served no purpose and players didn’t need to be reminded that football was a rough game and some of them would get hurt. Casterbrook’s season was over.

    Coach Winger let the team stay with Casterbrook for as long as they wanted. The players got it out of their system. One by one they went to stand next to Bonner. Practice wasn’t over for another hour and they had work to do.

    Casterbrook watched. He never spoke to Bonner. He knew he was the quarterback now, but the Lions were his team, and he had nothing to say to the boy who replaced him. It was a difficult pill to swallow for a player with high hopes of having his dream season.

    Coach Winger stood next to Casterbrook, once he was alone on the sideline.

    “They need to practice with Bonner calling signals. You need to go home and heal up. Maybe you’ll get back before the season ends and it’ll be your team again,” Coach Winger told him.

    Unconvincingly Casterbrook said, “Yeah. Maybe.”

    The coach knew he’d be lucky to be ready to take snaps by the beginning of his freshman year in college. He’d seen other boys with the same injury. A year was optimistic, and some players never played again after tearing their ACL.

    *****

    It was a long way from winning the second game at Central, but after 8 games, Grant had 8 wins. Bonner was playing quarterback like he was born to play the position.

    Coach Winger still tried to limit him and keep the ball on the ground, but it was the passes from Bonner to Johnson that won most of the eight games. He didn’t encourage Bonner to pass but he knew the inevitability of a boy doing what his instincts told him to do.

    Bonner was fearless under pressure. With the opposing team determined to take him down, Bonner could almost always manage to get the ball to a receiver and if he couldn’t do that, he’d pass the ball out of bounds, but he was most dangerous to the opposition when they had him under pressure. Coach Winger understood that too.

    Most of the time his receiver of choice was Tad Johnson. Taylor caught his share when he got open, but Tad had great hands and he was the fastest receiver around. He was also tall and an easy target for Bonner to find. The combination kept the Grant Lion’s undefeated.

    Maybe Bonner’s size was an advantage, because of how he played the game. He could stop on a dime, change directions, while ducking under an all out rush. Teams had begun to defend against Bonner’s passes.

    Once Bonner saw the opposition putting two players on his receivers, he answered by running Scott, Carlos, and then Scott again. He controlled the game by keeping other teams off balance.

    When Casterbrook was injured, the students wrote the Lions off for another losing season, A team with so many losing seasons behind them didn’t inspire optimism. Not until Bonner, a complete unknown to everyone, rescued Grant’s football program.

    By the time Grant was 5-0 the student body was filling the stand at Grant and when there was an away game, caravans formed in front of Grant High to carry the fans to where ever the away game was being played.

    It was Bonner’s team. Casterbrook didn’t reappear at practice. The new kid became the quarterback and overnight Bonner became one of the most popular kids in school.

    Even the Grant students decided winning was better than losing, and the boy who rescued Coach Winger’s football program had become a very big deal.

    Bonner’s hoarse whisper of a voice, the result of being hit in the throat by a football playfully thrown by one of his brothers, sounded like the bark he used in the huddle when he spoke over the microphone to the student body. He was the player who spoke for his team, but Bonner didn’t have much to say. He preferred to do his talking with a football.

    After the fifth win, and again after the eighth win, there was an assembly to honor the Lions. After the eighth win, the most wins for any Lion’s football team, the assembly was a celebration with only one regular season game left.

    Coach Winger told the student body, “We’ll bring you the league championship if you’d like.”

    They liked and they gave Coach Winger and his boys a standing ovation. The school was a buzz with talk of winning the league championship in football for the first time.

    “Woodruff next week,” Coach Winger said. “It will be the toughest game of the season. If we beat Woodruff, we’ll be playing for the league championship.”

    The assembly had been on Monday. It was the day that he found the note in his mailbox at lunch. The morning assembly had the school talking about football.

    The Grant Lion’s season had gone from dream, to nightmare, and back to a dream again.

    Now there was that note.

    *****

    Sitting at his desk, remembering a season lost and found, he opened the top drawer to look at the note one more time.

    So much promise and only two games left to play.

    *****

    If anyone asked Bonner, ‘What have you done for me lately?’

    He could say, ‘Win!’

    Ask Tad Johnson, ‘Who would you rather throw you the football, Casterbrook or Bonner?’

    He’d answer, “Bonner.’

    Once Bonner took over as quarterback, Johnson didn’t understand what was happening to him. At seventeen football was his one true love, but now, a few months before he turned eighteen, Tad had developed strong feelings for Bonner and he’d become protective of him.

    Tad liked Bonner in a way he never liked a boy before. Bonner was on his mind all the time. Even before Bonner took over at quarterback, Johnson had his eye on him.

    Bonner treated Johnson’s feelings as if they were no big deal. Their relationship was built around football. There was still work to do and games to win.

    After the season, there would be plenty of time to see where their relationship might go.

    Bonner understood how his favorite receiver might become infatuated with him and he didn’t mind. The closer Johnson got the more Bonner liked him. What wasn’t to like about the tall handsome receiver?

    Whenever Bonner got into trouble, Tad bailed him out by getting open down field. He’d wave his long arms over his head until Bonner saw him and he got off a quick pass.

    Bonner knew there was nothing wrong with liking another boy. With the season almost over there was plenty of time to build on their friendship. After the season they were free to let their feelings for each other blossom.

    There was a chance that Tad’s feelings might change once they no longer had football between them. While Johnson was going on to college and a career as a dependable receiver, Bonner knew this was the end of the line for him. College football was out of the question for a diminutive quarterback, no matter how accurate his passes.

    Johnson falling for the quarterback wasn’t Part of Bonner’s game plan, but you never knew how a football game, or life, was going to turn out. For now he’d go with the flow and let whatever happened happen.

    A six foot two inch receiver makes an easy target. Having open field running speed college recruiters salivate over, Johnson’s boyish good looks and his easy going style makes him everyone’s favorite Lion, and he’s comfortable standing next to the school’s star quarterback.

    The only fly in the ointment, Tad Johnson is sure everyone knows his secret, but regardless, he couldn’t stay away from the boy who threw the passes.

    When talking about meeting after practice or on weekends, their plans include a place far from Grant High.

    The jokes about how close they are has Tad on defense. He knows how it looks when he follows Bonner around like his pet poodle. While he can’t stay away from Bonner, when they go out, he doesn’t want to risk anyone from school seeing them together.

    Having difficulty accepting his attraction to Bonner, it was what it was but his feelings were not like any feelings he’d felt before. They went far beyond friendship.

    By the time Grant won games 6-7-8, Bonner and Tad were becoming accustomed to their away from school meetings, and Bonner found himself becoming anxious when Tad was late, and Tad was always late.

    When Bonner had time to think, he always thought about his brother’s influence on him. It was their devotion to football that had him wanting to play the game. He idolized his four brothers and they included him in games they played with the neighborhood kids as they progressed through a high school twenty miles away from Grant.

    His older brothers all played football in high school. Bonner played football with them when he was significantly smaller than he was now. His brothers never gave him a break. They hit him hard and often, and Bonner always got up. Only a football thrown playfully at his face left a lasting impression on his voice. Bonner liked his voice. It made him sound more masculine than he was.

    As he waited for Tad after game eight, he remembered his plan. He went through great machinations in order to get to go to Grant. He was a walk-on at summer practice. He had gone to Grant because he thought he could make the football team. It was the kind of thing that would make no sense to ordinary people, but Bonner wanted to prove he was as good as his brothers. He wanted to make the football team. That’s as far as his plan went. Being small had him thinking that making the team was his goal. He’d never envisioned a starting role on the Grant Lions.

    Bonner realized that once his plan was set in motion, momentum took over. Had he thought about being called on to be the starting quarterback before he walked onto Grant’s practice field, he’d have run like hell.

    Now he was not only on the Grant Lions, he led them to victory seven times in the seven games he’d played.

    *****

    Coach Winger learned long ago to ignore the gossip young men invented to embarrass, gross out, and impress his teammates.

    There was no end to the lengths teenage boys would go to get a laugh, or better yet, to get a disgusting grown out of his buddies and teammates.

    Even so, there was something that had been said more than once about Johnson being linked to Bonner in more than a casual way. Could there be something in that. Did Tad Johnson know the truth?

    Coach Winger wondered, do I want to talk to Bonner or Johnson, and then he shook off that idea of bringing the note up at all. If he didn’t know anything, why would he be questioning his players about Johnson and Bonner.

    He needed to be cautious. He needed to think it through before taking any action or no action.

    *****

    There were two games left if they beat Woodruff and went to the league championship game. Woodruff was the perennial favorite in the western division. In the last ten seasons, Grant had beaten Woodruff twice. With them ready to face off, they both were 8-0 and the winner of the game they played against each other went to the championship game. The other team went home.

    Bonner wondered if he was in over his head. Everyone thought he was after Casterbrook got hurt. He was the only one who believed he could be Grant’s quarterback, but it was getting a bit rich. Bonner wondered if he could play well enough to beat Woodruff. Woodruff had always been tough on the Grant Lions, according to the past copies of The Lion’s Den, the Grant school paper..

    Tad read more into their meetings than Bonner did, but Bonner knew he liked Tad the first time he saw him. Who didn’t like tall dark and handsome? The trick was to keep their minds on football until the season was over. Then they could work on what they felt for each other.

    They were both seventeen. There was no rush.

    Johnson had plenty of friends on the Lions. As a junior he was the team’s leading scorer, He was Casterbrook’s favorite target, because he had sure hands and fast feet.

    As a junior, Grant won half its games, finishing 5-4. Casterbrook to Johnson in their senior year was a combination that would carry them to the championship game, …and ‘The best laid plans of mice and men.’

    The championship hopes now depended on Bonner.

    Passing and catching weren’t the only thing on Tad Johnson’s mind. The first time Tad scored a touchdown pass that Bonner threw, he felt it what Bonner hugged him after that score.

    Tad looked into Bonner’s baby blue eyes and a twinge of something joined the rush that came from scoring a touchdown. He’d caught a lot of Casterbrook passes and he never once thought the hug that went with it was anything but part of the game.

    It was way more than that now. With Bonner it was stimulating in a way that had nothing to do with football and everything to do with feelings he’d never felt before.

    Tad liked a boy. That came as a surprise to him. He’d had a lot of teammates and some became close friends, but he never thought of kissing one, until the first time Bonner and him hugged.

    Tad loved football. He was a natural. He was quick and sure handed. He’d developed a knack for knowing where to go when a play fell apart. Even with Bonner scrambling, Johnson knew where to be for Bonner to find him.

    The Grant Lions won two games because Johnson knew where to go for a hail Mary pass that he caught for a score.

    Bonner and Tad have become closer than most high school athletes would comfortably be. They take advantage of any time they can get together, but most of their time together is on the football field after school.

    Whenever possible, they meet in town for a few hours of off the field friendship.

    It was on his way to such a meeting that Tad examined how he’d developed a crush on Bonner. He still found the concept difficult to conceive, but as contrary as it was to anything he’d encountered before, it wasn’t something he had any interest in walking away from.

    If he was gay, so be it, he’d need to accept it.

    *****

    As Bonner sat waiting for Tad, he’d run it all through his mind too. Like becoming the starting quarterback, his feelings for Tad simply happened. He didn’t expect to fall in love with his number one receiver.

    Bonner thought that Tad was number one in more ways than one. Since the day he walked on at Grant, his luck had only improved in ways no one could have predicted.

    Life was a trip and Bonner didn’t want to miss a thing.

    *****

    “Hi, Tad,” Bonner said. “You’re running late again.”

    “Yeah, chores. I was ready to leave when the old man wanted the garbage cans taken down to the curb. Sorry, Bonner. Didn’t mean to keep you waiting again.”

    Bonner’s hand went up as the waitress passed behind the counter a few feet away.

    “Ready, hon?” she asked.

    “Yeah, he finally made it,” Bonner said in a raspy reply.

    She brought her pad to the table.

    “What will it be, gentlemen?”

    “Double Header and your big Coke. Do you have fries?” Tad asked, not having eaten since dinner two hours before.

    “Sure,” she said. “Bucket or barrel, hon?”

    “Better make it a barrel,” Tad said. “I’m starved. Sorry, Bonner. It’s been hours since dinner. Two at least.”

    “Double banana split, barrel of fries, Coke giganticus, and what would you like, cutie pie?”

    “One scoop of strawberry ice cream,” Bonner said.

    The waitress smiled, looking at Tad and then looking at Bonner. She shook her head at the discrepancy.

    “You on a diet, hon? You look pretty slim to me,” the waitress said.

    “Can’t keep my fleet feet if I gain weight. Goes straight to my hips. My pads are tailored to fit this body, not a larger version. I need to be fast,” Bonner said before the waitress walked away.

    “Maybe Carlos will start running better. He was quicker off the ball last season,” Tad said.

    “I could run Carlos and Scott every play. The opposition could catch on to that,” Bonner said. “We’ll need all our weapons to beat Woodruff,” Bonner said. “They were champions last year and they’ve had their way with Grant for years.”

    Tad looked around the nearly empty restaurant.

    “Why don’t you have more? I look like a slob eating so much in front of you. Order a burger. I’ll pay for it. You need your protein.”

    “I can wait to pig out at some later date. For now I need to be cautious about what I eat,” Bonner said.

    “You look fine to me. In fact… you look way better than fine,” Tad said, looking around to be sure he wasn’t heard.

    “I’m treating you, because you deserve a treat. You had a great game Saturday. It’s the least I can do for you. Besides, it gives us a chance to spend time together. The more you eat the longer I get to look at you.”

    Tad blushed.

    “I feel guilty. Eat something, Bonner. Please.”

    “I am. One scoop of strawberry. You’re slim. You burn more calories eating then you consume. I put on weight if I look at the wrong food for too long. Only two more games. I’ll eat once the season is over.”

    “I’ll hold you to that. You look fine to me.”

    “Thank you, Mr. Johnson. You don’t look bad yourself.”

    “Cut it out, Bonner. Someone called me the F word in the locker room after practice today.”

    “They called you a frog, Tad? That’s not polite.”

    “That isn’t funny. You know what I mean. They called me a faggot. I’ve got a reputation. I want to play college ball. That gets around and I’m toast.”

    “Who called you that, Tad? Give me a name. I’ll kick his ass for you. The recruiter from State loves you. You’ve got a full scholarship sewed up.”

    “I don’t know who. Someone yelled it,” Tad said. “I knew who they were talking to. I’m the one who follows you around like a puppy.”

    “Some of those Neanderthal call each other names all the time. You’ve got a guilty conscience, lover boy? They weren’t talking to you, Tad.”

    “You know how I feel about you, Bonner. They were talking to me. I’m not stupid and they aren’t blind. I don’t know how to hide my feelings. Not these feelings anyway.”

    “Look, Tad, you’ve got two games left. Then you go down in Grant history as the best receiver ever. You’re the most popular player. Just because we love each other doesn’t change anything. That’s if you don’t take an ad out in the school paper saying you love me. We’ll be fine.”

    “I told you what I did so you’d stop worrying and you’re still worrying. There’s nothing wrong with you. There’s nothing wrong with loving someone.”

    “I know. I know, but I don’t understand it, Bonner.”

    “It takes work, Tad. I can’t always make sense of it myself. I know what I feel. How and why, not so much.”

    “I was just coming to grips with the idea that I’m gay,” Tad said. “Now I’m more confused than ever. I’m not sure what I am.”

    “What you are is the best receiver in the league, not to mention one of the best in the state. That’s what you need to remember. As long as you keep catching passes, no one at Grant will care what you do or who you love. When we win the championship, you’ll be a star. That’s what you are.”

    “When you say it, I believe it, but I can’t help but worry about people thinking I’m odd, you know.”

    “Nothing else matters, Tad. We’ll win the championship and you’ll have a hundred colleges to pick from. After that you have a lifetime to work on who you want to be and what you want to do. There is no rush.”

    “I get that. What I’m saying is, Just when I think I know the score, it all changes, and I find out I don’t know anything, or everything I do know is wrong.”

    “You think too much. Stick to football, Tad. Once the season ends, we get to do what we want.”

    “I’ve never felt like this before. I think about you more than I think about football and I’ve never thought about anything else. Ask my teachers.”

    “We have two more games. Forget about distractions. Concentrate on the game. We’ll deal with this later.”

    The food arrived.

    “Here’s the tub-a-fries, Coke, giant split, and one scoop of Strawberry ice cream for you,” the waitress said, dispensing the tray full of food.

    “Bonner, eat something. Have some fries,” Tad begged, finishing his first fist full before digging into the double banana split.

    “They’re poison. One of those suckers and I gain five pounds. I’ll watch you eat. I won’t gain as much that way.”

    “Cut it out. You look good.”

    “Not half as good as you look, banana man. You need to keep up your strength for later.”

    “Bonner! Cut it out. Someone will hear.”

    “They’ll have to get their own banana man. You’re taken,” Bonner said.

    “Bonner!”

    “You’re going to have ulcers, Tad. No one knows anything and they aren’t likely to find out. Everything is cool. Enjoy your snack.”

    Bonner took small spoons of ice cream as Tad devoured the ton of food in front of him, while worrying about Bonner not eating more.

    Chapter 3

    Truth & Consequences

    After an assembly to honor Grant’s football team for winning its eighth consecutive football game, Coach Winger finds a note in his school mailbox. Suddenly the team that refuses to lose is in danger of having their undefeated season ended by a technicality.

    The coach is having difficulty deciding what to do.

    Should he confront Bonner. Risk upsetting him before the biggest game of the season or should he destroy the anonymous note?

    Closing in on the greatest season of his coaching career, Coach Jonathan Wilson Winger was at a loss. No matter what he did, there were going to be consequences.

    The information contained on the note seemed improbable. His mind couldn’t get beyond the confusion the note caused. Coach Winger was an educated man and he should be able to find a reasonable solution that wouldn’t compromise his team and end the best season in Grant’s history short of its natural completion.

    He was in an awkward position. His career and the teams season depended on him making the right call. What was the right call and could he make it and still live with himself after he did? The answer eluded him.

    The note could still be a hoax. It was unsigned.

    There plain and simply was no replacement for Bonner. Scott could take snaps and hand off to one of the backs, but they weren’t going to beat Woodruff with a patchwork backfield.

    If they didn’t beat Woodruff, there would be no championship game. He couldn’t help but wonder if that’s why the note arrived now. Someone wanted Grant to fall to Woodruff.

    For the first time in his twelve years at Grant, he knew his Lions were better than the Woodruff Eagles. As the team stood, with Bonner at quarterback, Grant would likely win.

    With Bonner at the helm winning the championship was a real possibility. Without him the winning streak would end at Woodruff. The repercussions could be never ending.

    Coach Winger hated the idea of being dishonest. If he broke a rule to win, and got caught doing it, his coaching career was over. He might coach at some out of the way backwater, but he’d never get a shot at coaching a first class program again and his reputation would be trashed no matter where he coached.

    Maybe by talking to Bonner the answer will become obvious. The note could well be a hoax. Spoiling what the entire team had accomplished was unthinkable. What he should do is tell Bonner to clear out his locker, but what if the note wasn’t true. What if it was meant to disrupt preparations for the Woodruff game.

    What was his next step? If this came to light, he was obligated to file a report with league headquarters. They’d rule Grant was playing with an ineligible player. The entire season would be forfeit.

    What if he said nothing? Let Bonner play the last two games. An undefeated season and a championship would speak for itself. The league would have a hard time overruling that once it was done.

    What if this wasn’t the only note sent. Would anyone start an investigation on the basis of an unsigned note? Such a note wasn’t evidence of anything. It was gossip.

    Who would know he got the note?

    The author of the note. He would pick up a paper and see that Bonner played in the Woodruff game.

    Someone was out there that might be able to blow up Grant’s season no matter what Coach Winger did. He had to do something to head off that possibility. He was the coach.

    *****

    “Bonner!” he yelled through his open office door, having waited for as long as he could.

    “Yeah, Coach?” Bonner answered from the locker room.

    “Get your ass in here, pronto!”

    “Yeah, Coach, I got to dress, ” Bonner explained in his raspy voice.

    “Do it pronto and get your ass in here,” Coach Winger said loud and clear.

    He was setting wheels in motion that would leave a trail a mile wide if there was ever an investigation. He should have waited until he could get Bonner alone, but he hadn’t. He needed to do something now.

    Bonner didn’t like the sound in Coach Winger’s voice. As Tad stood next to him drying his hair, the coaches bellow echoed through the locker room. Everyone looked up.

    Had the fair haired Bonner finally stepped into it?

    “Are you OK,” Tad asked, wrapping his towel around his narrow waist.

    “I’m fine. He probably put too much sugar in his ice tea,” Bonner said, but the sound the coach made worried Grant’s quarterback.

    Bonner finished buttoning the shirt as he stepped into the coaches office.

    “Shut the door and get your butt in that chair, ” the coach ordered with anger in his voice.

    Coach Winger was as close to blowing a fuse as he’d ever come. He wanted to stay in control, but there were some things that didn’t come with an on and off switch.

    Bonner sat facing the Coach’s desk.

    The coach had yet to stop pacing behind his chair.

    This caused Bonner great distress. Coach Winger looked as if he was about to explode. Bonner calculated that only one thing was capable of getting this kind of reaction out of him. The only flaw in Bonner’s makeup had been revealed. Nothing else would explain the emotion in the man’s words. He’d maintained a gentleness while handling Bonner since the Central game, once he realized the season depended on him.

    The truth must have come out, but how? No one knew anything. Smart people had covered his trail.

    If that was what was eating on Winger, it would take some fancy footwork to defuse this eventuality.

    Bonner thought about this contingency, after Casterbrook’s injury. Being the starting quarterback for the Grant Lions was not part of the original plan. His initial instincts were to run like hell.

    He wasn’t as sure about being the starting quarterback as he was about making the team. It was a big step up, a challenge.

    Was he good enough to pull that off? There was only one way to find out.

    Once Casterbrook went down, who else was there?

    He was thrust into the league’s football wars at Central. After a pretty bleak beginning, Bonner began to play football the way his brothers taught him to play.

    It was too late to devise a reasonable escape plan after that. His initial instincts weren’t developed beyond, run like hell.

    Once he took the first snap, there was no escape clause that appealed to him. He decided to see if he could be Grant’s starting quarterback. He could for seven games. He lead the Grant Lions to seven wins.

    Bonner was trapped by his deception. Unless he was wrong, it was about to come back to bite him. In his wildest dreams he’d never seen himself leading the Grant Lions onto the field before a game. He’d never seen himself as becoming one of the most popular boys in school.

    How could he. The plan was to make the team.

    He didn’t want it to stop playing once he started. He couldn’t quit without knowing how far he could go and they still had Woodruff to beat and a championship game to win. He was living a dream he never dared to have. Why shouldn’t he finish what he started and see just how far the Grant Lions could go on his arm? They had been playing the best football they could play and it happened to be the best football being played in the league that season.

    But why get too far out ahead of himself. Maybe it was something else. Maybe the worst thing that could possibly happen to him at this stage of the game wasn’t happening.

    If his secret became public knowledge, he’d not only loose his position as Grant’s quarterback, but he’d be thrown out of school to boot, but education wasn’t the reason he enrolled at Grant. Football was. Except for one tiny alteration of his documentation, Bonner was like any other kid playing football at Grant.

    Maybe it wasn’t what he thought. Maybe the coach didn’t know the truth.

    ****

    While passing behind his chair the coach yanked it off the floor and threw it against the file cabinet over and over again. He banged the chair on the floor time and time again, once it failed to sit level on its now broken wheels.

    Coach Winger had boiled all afternoon and the pressure was released in his rage. His hopes of a perfect season dashed against the rocks of reality, like the wheels on his chair were smashed on the concrete floor in his office.

    Bonner shuddered. This wasn’t going to end well. Secrets were a terrible thing to keep and they became worse once the secret was out, but nothing but the secret would cause Coach Winger to erupt this way. He was always careful with Bonner, until now, and Bonner knew why.

    The coach was a good man. He could be reasoned with. Finally picking up his chair, the coach placed it where it belonged behind his desk. He appeared to have gotten what ever it was out of his system.

    Bonner waited.

    Coach Winger sat down in his now lopsided chair. Bonner was relatively positive that the wheels might come off of one if not both of their wagons by day’s end. It was obvious that somehow the truth had surfaced.

    The trick would be to state the facts of the matter clearly and without equivocation. It would be necessary to trust Coach Winger’s judgment on the matter.

    What was done was done. Why not finish the season. If they defeated Woodruff and won the championship, they were going a long way in proving their case to anyone who questions Bonner’s eligibility.

    Coach Winger wasn’t a man who could easily cut and run. If there was a cause bigger than himself, he might see the wisdom in finishing what had been started all those weeks ago. Neither of them wanted to turn back. The season was coming to a close.

    Regaining his composure, the coach looked at Bonner. He calmly ran both hands through his thick black hair. He sat up straight, drumming two fingers on his ink blotter. The blotter was filled with the coach’s scrawl. Designs, numbers, notes without symmetry covered the blotter. Bonner was written diagonally across the entire ink blotter in bold black letters. A huge question mark came after the name.

    The drumming continued.

    Bonner anticipated what was coming. It wasn’t going to be good. There was no changing what was already set in motion. The trick would be to finish what they’d started and Bonner had no idea how to reach that outcome.

    It was the logical thing to do, since they’d come this far. It wouldn’t be without cost, should the truth come out, but an undefeated season and the championship just might be worth the fallout.

    Both Coach Winger and Bonner wanted the same thing. Bonner knew the Coach wouldn’t call him into the office just to say, ‘clean out your locker.’ No, there was some give in the coach. He was looking for a way to finish the season with Bonner at quarterback.

    Bonner was ready to fight for the starting quarterback position, which was a dream too vast to consider at the time of tryouts for the team. Making the team was a long shot back then. Once on the team, there was the outside hope of coming in to spell the starting quarterback late in tough games. It’s what backup quarterbacks did.

    At five foot eight and one hundred and fifty pounds, Bonner was light and agile, not to mention ten pounds lighter than his physical said. A couple of five pound inserts in his clothing accounting for the extra weight. His equipment made him look more like a quarterback. It would be quick accurate releases that told the tale in a game. You couldn’t see those aspects by glancing at Bonner.

    Casterbrook looked like a quarterback. At six foot and a hundred and eighty pounds, he was in command, He was the returning starting quarterback. He started most games in his junior season. The Grant Lions’ future rested on his arm and his slippery running game, until it no longer could. All bets were off after Casterbrook’s injury.

    Grant’s football future was in tatters. The hopes for a championship season were gone.

    No one, especially Coach Winger, could imagine a walk-on, a backup quarterback who hasn’t played a single down with the first team, could save the season. It was inconceivable. Grant would have yet another losing season. With so much hope, the air went out of Grant’s balloon while Casterbrook still lay on Central’s football field.

    There had been no option and Bonner was the only one in the running for the job. Anyone could stand behind the center and take snaps, but what you did after you got the ball required imagination and skill.

    Bonner had none of the assets that made Casterbrook a better than average quarterback. Even with his short comings, Grant had won every game. The only game in doubt was the game in which Casterbrook was injured. He’d fumbled. A Central player ran for a touchdown and the lead.

    Bonner struggled but managed to save the Central game. Prepared for defeat, Coach Winger liked how Bonner moved. He was quick. His passes were accurate. These things didn’t offset his size.

    Replacing Casterbrook, no matter who played in his place, would be unpopular. Put an inferior player in his place and Coach Winger would never hear the end of it.

    Something about a season lost and being found again gave Bonner an edge over the negativity. Winning does that. Perhaps Bonner being small somehow helped to win over the student body.

    No one imagined Bonner as the starting quarterback but once he was, he proved he was up to the challenge, while being petrified. This wasn’t part of the plan, but athletics do make for strange heroes and strange goats.

    Everyone at Grant knew who Bonner was. No one knew much about him, not that it mattered. He’d shown up in the nick of time. No one cared where Bonner came from. Coach Winger didn’t give it a thought. He walked on at summer practice. He was registered as a Grant student and his physical to play sports at Grant was in order.

    What else did a coach need to know?

    He hadn’t given it a thought until now. He didn’t care how Bonner got to Grant, he did. Until he found the note in his mailbox, he knew everything he needed to know. Casterbrook tore up his knee. Bonner replaced him and the Grant Lions were 8-0 for the first time in school history.

    Coach Winger knew nothing to the contrary until now. He was innocent until now. Bonner was Grant’s quarterback until now. That’s what the coach knew looking at Bonner..

    What was the right thing to do? What would he do?

    If the note was true, what options did he have?

    *****

    “Hey, Bonner, don’t you ever shower?” Crockett asked. “You’re lady must love getting a whiff of you. You hiding a tiny pecker or something?”

    “If you want to see my dick, just say so Crockett. We shouldn’t do it in front of the team though. I wouldn’t want you feeling inadequate once you get a look at what I got.”

    There were chuckles before the locker room went back to its usually low buzz. Coach Winger had heard the exchange. Boys took pride in grossing each other out. He’d heard it all and he could no longer be surprised by boy talk. Coach Winger remembered the conversation. Bonner’s physical had said, ‘Skin condition makes it advisable for Bonner not to shower in gym. The condition can be spread if another boy comes in contact with water Bonner has been in contact with. It isn’t likely, but it is possible. Better to be safe than sorry.’

    Coach Winger recalled those precise words, because they struck him as unusual. Bonner’s appearance at summer practice had been unusual.

    Bonner had been waiting for this confrontation. It was inevitable and he’d known to go at it head on. He was the team’s leader in title if not in the minds of defensive players. Casterbrook’s friends resented Bonner, but as long as the Grant Lions won, Casterbrook’s best buds stayed silent, except for the locker room hijinx.

    The difficult part was in keeping Tad from coming to his rescue when someone threw an insult Bonner’s way. Tad wanted to protect his smaller friend. This came natural to Tad. It also gave other players something else to talk about.

    Crockett was humungous and thus no physical threat to the slightly built Bonner. There was a mismatch physically but in the intelligence end of the game, Crockett couldn’t carry Bonner’s jockstrap and Bonner knew it. On the intellectual scale, Bonner was quicker on and off the field than most of the Grant players.

    Coach Winger had checked it all out thoroughly. Bonner was a good student and football made him popular with the student body. He was a regular guy by all reports.

    Bonner walking toward Crockett’s locker confused everyone. Stopping very close to Crockett, who was startled to see Bonner come so close, played into Bonner’s hands.

    “I got me this skin condition, Crockett, old buddy,” Bonner said, looping his arm over Crockett’s burly shoulder in a friendly gesture.

    “What kind of condition?” Crockett quizzed, reluctant to be that close to any boy not on a football field.

    “I’d spell it for you but we wouldn’t want you to hurt your brain,” Bonner said.

    A few boys chuckled, realizing Crockett was no match for Bonner in the brain department.

    “I caught it while my family was in Asia. There was a bacteria in the water and once you got it inside you, your skin gets funky. You catch it by drinking the water or by having physical contact with someone else, you see,” Bonner said, ever so slowly moving his arm away from Crockett.

    Crockett looked horrified.

    “That’s why I don’t shower with you boys. It’s nothing personal, you see, but I promised to be careful.”

    “That’s gross,” Crockett said.

    “Don’t worry. It’s not easy to spread if you remove water from the equation. “An infected person can’t give it to you by touching you. I was just pulling your chain, but we’re in contact with the same water, the wiggly things would jump off me and into the water and then they can jump on you. Water is the pathway to getting it.”

    Bonner patted Crockett’s shoulder.

    “Quit it. Don’t touch me,” Crockett said, losing his appetite for his annoying banter to get Bonner’s goat.

    “Why don’t we quit trying to cause trouble, Crockett. I don’t like trouble on my team and I’m way bigger than Bonner,” Tad Johnson said, coming over to stop the confrontation before it could escalate.

    Coach Winger moved toward the door of his office. He watched the activities in the locker room. He decided to defuse any further discussions of Bonner’s showering habits.

    “It’s not contagious,” Coach Winger said. “We wouldn’t let a student come in here if it was contagious or represented any health risk. It’s a medical condition and best left to the doctors and not so much football players. It has nothing to do with you boys and that will be the last we hear about it.”

    Coach Winger gave little thought to that paragraph in Bonner’s physical, until now. It would be consistent with the conclusion the note came to.

    So could a dozen other things.

    Looking at Bonner, Coach Winger saw the same medium size boy he’d been seeing all season. He was still too small to be playing at this level.

    How Bonner had the instincts of a seasoned football player was hard to say, but he did. He used his size to his advantage. Bigger boys couldn’t stop on a dime and reverse direction in which they were running. When a defense broke through Grant’s offensive line to charge Bonner, he stopped moving backward and stepped up. The defense ran right past him, which gave Bonner time to get rid of the ball .

    By that time Bonner had honed in on an open receiver, and if he didn’t pass, he might run for ten yards.

    These things gave Coach Winger heart palpitations and one win after another.

    Coach Winger needed to do something, but what? He wouldn’t make a decision on his emotions. He had Bonner where he wanted him, but what did he do with him?

    *****

    The grace and poise of Grant’s new quarterback was being discussed around the league by game eight of the season, after another team fell to the Grant Lions. Most teams decided to blitz Bonner as often as possible, and defense men made mad dashes to stop the dancing quarterback before he had time to pass the ball.

    By the time most coaches realized they were playing Bonner’s game, the Grant Lions led by two or three touchdowns. Bonner didn’t set out to pass, but he had no other option with so many boys rushing into Grant’s backfield to stop him, but big defensive players couldn’t change direction as fast as Bonner could, but they didn’t stop trying.

    They were playing Bonner’s game. While you are chasing the quarterback, his receivers are getting open. Bonner passed accurately while he was on the run. He spent years running from his brothers in games in his old neighborhood.

    Those pickup games had taught Bonner well. He had moves honed by years of running from the bigger boys his brothers always brought along to play.

    It’s why he loved the game. Besides his brothers being good football players, they were quick to admit that Bonner could always figure out a way to throw or run the football before taking another big hit.

    He’d wanted to make the Grant football team and what happened after he did wasn’t in anyone’s game plan.

    Bonner wanted to finish what he’d started, and he’d need to be fast on his feet to convince Coach Winger that the right path to take was to let Bonner do what Bonner did best.

    It served no purpose to quit before the season ended.

    Chapter 4

    4th & Forever

    Coach Winger was a fair man who played by the rules. It seemed to him that this was no minor infraction that he could overlook. If it was decided that he allowed an ineligible player to play on his team, all the games the ineligible player played would be forfeited. He, the coach, who allowed the ineligible player to play would be fired.

    Ineligible players could have failed to meet academic standards and were therefore ineligible to play on an athletic team. Sometimes a player was ineligible because of being older than the rules allowed. If a player couldn’t pass the physical to establish eligibility, he could not play athletics.

    Bonner’s grades were far above the minimum standard. He was eighteen year old and he met the age requirement. Bonner passed the required physical. Even if the note was true, Bonner met the requirements to play high school athletics.

    Coach Winger examined these facts to be sure. Did the note represent a technical discrepancy. In a court of law, the coach wasn’t sure the law wouldn’t support Bonner’s right to play. Coach Winger didn’t want to go to court to explain why he didn’t allow Bonner to play. This was a consideration.

    *****

    The students at Grant all knew Bonner. They stopped the quarterback in the halls to offer well-wishes for the upcoming game. They mentioned their appreciation for the winning season.

    Everyone wanted to know if Grant could seal the deal and beat Woodruff, a team that gave Grant fits. Coming off a 5-4 season, a good year for Grant, after a succession of losing seasons, Bonner is leading the Grant Lions to a respectability they’ve never before enjoyed.

    What wasn’t to like about that?

    Bonner was the perfect athletic hero. He was smaller than most football players and he was frequently scrambling away from larger boys while passing or running the ball. Who doesn’t root for the little guy. Except perfection is rarely perfect for long, and it rarely gets that way by ordinary means, which brings us to the coaches dilemma.

    Bonner knew from the beginning that this day could come, but not after so much football had been played. With two weeks left Bonner couldn’t throw in the towel now.

    The season ended with the championship game. No matter what was decided after that, Grant would always have made it to the championship game no matter what technicalities were used to claim otherwise.

    Once they were winning games, Bonner dreaded the idea that someone would figure out his secret. Breaking the rules was never a good idea if it could be avoided, but sometimes breaking the rules was the only way to force change that creates true fairness in athletics.

    Nudging the rules to one side didn’t give Bonner any guilt whatsoever. It wasn’t breaking anything to let the game play out the way it was intended to be played. Bonner was good enough to play and Grant’s record proved that. If it ended here it became a gigantic waste for a team coming off its eighth win in a row.

    It shouldn’t end here.

    “How long did you think you could hide it? Did you think I wouldn’t find out?” Coach Winger legitimately wanted to know.

    He was completely calm. This wasn’t about Grant’s football team. He was face to face with Bonner and his intellectual side wanted all the information he could get. Coach Winger wanted to see the whole picture.

    “What, Coach?” Bonner asked in a last ditch effort to avoid the conversation they were about to have.

    Stupidity didn’t look good on Bonner. Coach Winger let it slide. He needed the truth. He needed to know how Bonner pulled it off? He couldn’t have done it alone.

    “Bonner!” Coach Winger whispered. “I know. Do you understand the position I’m in here? Your team is in? Do you want to go out there and tell your team. I don’t want to tell them.”

    “No, I don’t. It isn’t important. I’m a football player. I’m a quarterback. That’s all that matters. Aren’t I good enough to play for you, coach? Aren’t we undefeated? Why quit before we get beat, if we get beat? Why do that? We haven’t finished yet, Coach. We aren’t done unless you throw in the towel on us, but why would you do that?” Bonner’s raspy voice forced Coach Winger to listen closely to the words.

    Coach Winger’s glare would have wilted the luster off a rose. The coach was ruler, king, and dictator of his team. You piss off the dictator and your ass is grass. What Bonner said was economic, to the point, and factual. He didn’t overstate his case. He used an intellectual argument.

    Bonner made Coach Winger look like a genius, and now they both knew Bonner could ruin the coach’s career, if it wasn’t already ruined. Confession may have been good for the soul but it didn’t win football games.

    Coach Winger wasn’t a man you could toy with or put something over on, but Bonner had put something over on him. Now the chickens had come home to roost. The Piper

    had to be paid. Bonner was going to face the music, and Grant football was toast once he did, unless cooler heads prevailed and the rule in question was examined.

    Coach Winger couldn’t separate himself from the fallout no matter what happened. if the truth was out, he’d take the fall with Bonner. It was his team and his responsibility was to know everything about it.

    The fingers drummed and Coach Winger’s career flashed in front of him, especially the last seven games. He’d longed for a gifted quarterback like Bonner, but you had to be careful what you wished for.

    If it was true, he was in violation of league rules, but he needed Bonner to finish what he’d started. As much as he wanted to dismiss it, his stomach was tied in knots by the words. He liked Bonner, but the rules were clear on this subject. Bonner had to go if it was true. The season had to go. Their shot at the championship would go with it. Why would someone write such a thing if it wasn’t true?

    Bonner didn’t deny it. He was a quarterback. He was Grant’s quarterback. He didn’t mind saying so.

    Coach Winger could help but envision Bonner outwitting defenses. His ability to change directions confounded defenses. His quick release and his ability to pass on the run accounted for a lot of Grant’s offense. It was Bonnerball. He’d never seen anything like it, and Bonner and Tad Johnson were like the bobbsey twins. In games, in practice, in the locker room, where you saw one you saw the other one.

    As soon as Bonner was on the run during a game, Johnson went to the left sideline five to ten yards down field. Within a couple of seconds, with Bonner on the run, he flicked a pass right to Johnson.

    It was like they could read each other’s mind.

    He’d seen that before. He considered it instinct. Somehow two players were in sync and one knew where the other one was and what he’d be doing. When Bonner tossed his passes out of the backfield while being pursued, he never looked to see where Johnson was. Johnson knew where to be to catch the pass. It’s not something you can practice.

    The Bonner to Johnson connection worked and it won games. The Grant Lions were making a habit of winning games on what looked like broken plays. It was more complicated than it looked.

    It’s not the way Coach Winger played football. His game was run, run, run, and hold the other team to as few yards as you could. A strong running game and a tight defense was a better way to go. Once you let your quarterback start putting the ball in the air, bad things could happen. There were more mistakes made passing the ball.

    Bonner was beating the defenses thrown against him. Defenses were forced to back off the line to keep Johnson in check. That’s when Bonner dropped back, handing to Scott or Carlos, rolling left to confuse defenses. Just when they knew he was going to be passing the ball, he went to the running game and the defense had to adjust again.

    The running backs were piling up the yards. Defenses had to turn their attention to the running game, and that’s when Bonner dropped back, flicking a pass to Johnson. The Grant Lions were rolling. They had it all and even a team like Woodruff was going to find Grant hard to beat.

    With the anxiety Coach Winger suffered on the sidelines, Bonner mixed up his plays that won the games. The coach continued to draw up running plays that ate up the clock and the yardage, but Bonner’s passes won most of the games.

    It’s what was important and a season lost had been found on the arm of a too small quarterback. The pass was the only way Bonner could stay alive. Winger didn’t like it but he accepted it.

    You can afford to change your game when you’re winning, but it seemed too good to be true.

    *****

    Yeah, Coach Winger had cause to wonder where Bonner came from. He asked some of the players but no one knew anything. Bonner had transferred in as a senior. After he did, no one could have seen what was coming.

    No one knew Bonner transferred in just to play football. Coach Winger wanted to know more and then again he didn’t want to know too much. He accepted that fate sent Bonner to rescue Grant football. He wanted to believe, but it wasn’t fate but fact that brought him down to earth. He hadn’t looked too closely and now he was going to pay for it.

    What was too good to be true might not be true at all.

    He did check the authenticity of Bonner’s physical and his transcripts were all in order. He didn’t call Bonner’s old school. He saw the information he needed to establish Bonner’s age and good health.

    As players went, Bonner was among the smartest. He didn’t ask for more than the knowledge that Bonner met all the requirements to play.

    Coach Winger knew a starting quarterback didn’t just drop out of the sky. He knew there was something about Bonner that wasn’t quite right, but he took it on faith that Bonner was what he said he was, a quarterback.

    In his desire to win it’s all that mattered. No matter how Bonner came to the Grant Lions, he was the answer to a lot of players, and obviously no one had looked at him too closely, especially when Grant was winning every game.

    The idea no one knew Bonner and Coach Winger could find no record of Bonner playing football anywhere in the area did make him suspicious, but a lot of high school boys didn’t come into their own until their senior year.

    Athletes mature at different rates. Some were more like full grown men at sixteen and others were still boys at eighteen. You didn’t know when a boy might blossom on the athletic field.

    Bonner was a late bloomer. He was small, agile, and smarter than the average player. Bonner was a nice insurance policy to have in case your starting quarterback got hurt. No one could have seen Casterbrook’s injury coming. There was no time to check Bonner’s pedigree, once the coach was scrambling to salvage the season.

    What choice did he have but to see if Bonner could play football, and he could. So Bonner became Grant’s starting quarterback. There was nothing out of the ordinary. Lord knows Bonner’s talent wasn’t apparent until he was put into a game and he excelled. It was all done by the numbers. No one could say any different.

    Someone knew otherwise and they wanted Coach Winger to know they knew. How could he ignore it? How could he write it off as anything but the threat it was?

    Was coach Winger responsible to see that a student who had been admitted to school by the administration was everything he said he was? He didn’t think so.

    It wasn’t up to a coach. There was a school administration responsible for being sure a student was legitimately enrolled. Some coaches yawned when it came to even looking at a players physical. If he walked on the field and had a desire to play, that was good enough. If their grades weren’t good enough for a player to keep his eligibility, the administration sent a form saying so.

    Playing Bonner would violate league rules now that he knew the truth. Playing his quarterback in another game was to knowingly violate league rules. His entire career was on the line. Up until he saw the he did nothing wrong. He still had done anything wrong.

    He’d called Bonner into his office. Everyone heard him. Everyone would remember it if asked.

    ‘How did your coach sound?’

    ‘He was pissed. I’ve never heard him that pissed,’ players would say. ‘Especially not at Bonner.’

    Coach Winger knew his ass was hanging out.

    From this point forward, it was on him. Even if he said he never got the note, the players would remember him calling Bonner into his office and closing the door.

    He still couldn’t bring himself to tell Bonner to clean out his locker. locker, because that would end it in a way that sold out his quarterback and his team.

    It wasn’t the ending Coach Winger had written in his mind. This might be his one and only chance at a perfect season and a league championship to go with it.

    Bonner may not have been what he appeared to be but pound for pound he was a hell of a football player.

    *****

    There wasn’t a member of the student body who didn’t swooned over the All-American quarterback. He’d come out of the blue to rescue Grant football. The girls wanted to be with him and the boys wanted to be him.

    Grant had never been in the hunt for a championship this late in the season before. A year that didn’t come with a losing football team was a very good year. Having a team that plowed under every team it faced was beyond the student bodies’ wildest dream, not to mention the teachers and the administration. Grant did not have a great deal of athletic tradition going for it.

    What if Coach Winger ended it right there in his office?

    How could it be fair to take away what might be Grant’s only shot at the championship? It wasn’t just the students. His players would earned the right to play for the championship if they beat Woodruff.

    Without Bonner Grant would lose to Woodruff and the season would end. That wasn’t in doubt.

    If asked at the beginning of the season, ‘What would you do if you were found to be using an ineligible player?’

    He;d have told the player to clean out his locker.

    Faced with sacking Bonner, he wasn’t quite so sure. Grant was on a roll. Bonner met all the requirements according to league rules. He passed his physical and his grades were excellent. He’d done what every boy was required to do. The technicality that made Bonner ineligible never came to mind, until someone sent that note.

    Coach Winger thought about gossip he heard linking Bonner to Johnson. A quarterback and his favorite receiver were always close. For boys to talk about their closeness wasn’t unusual. It was Casterbrook’s friends who started that one, and he gave it the same credibility he gave anything he heard in the locker room. It wasn’t part of the game and listening to teenage boys carried its own risks.

    Boys on athletic teams bonded in odd ways. Boys were odd period. It was best for a coach not to get involved in locker room gossip. He really didn’t care what the boys did away from the football field as long as they didn’t get arrested or harm themselves in ways that made them useless to the team. He was a coach not a babysitter.

    There were things a coach didn’t want to know.

    There was a facet to Johnson’s relationship with Bonner that Coach Winger had noticed. Johnson was overly protective of his quarterback, but he was Bonner’s favorite receiver. There was protection and than there was protection. Johnson was a team co-captain, popular with everyone, and he’d grown into a dynamite receiver. It would be more suspicious if he wasn’t close to his quarterback.

    There just wasn’t anything to see.

    Bonner was more at risk than other players. Put a hundred and fifty pound quarterback against a couple of two hundred and fifty pound linebackers and the consequences could be stark.

    Bonner had done everything he’d been asked to do. There was no question about talent and willingness to give a hundred percent. No matter the challenge, Bonner answered the bell in every game. He didn’t come off the field until the game ended.

    Few high school quarterbacks had the poise to stand in a collapsing pocket, with linebackers closing in, waiting until the last second before flicking out a perfect pass. Bonner could do that. Bonner had done all he’d been asked to do. He deserved the right to be allowed to finish the season. A technicality shouldn’t be allowed to disqualify him.

    Coach Winger looked up from the anonymous note. So what, he thought, quickly pushing that idea out of his head.

    His dark eyes drilled into Bonner as he moved the note in his quarterback’s direction. He wanted to gauge Bonner’s reaction. This would help him to decide his next move.

    Bonner shrugged, sliding the note back to the coach.

    “Someone doesn’t want me playing in the Woodruff game. If you bench me, they’ll win,” Bonner said. “I know you’re smarter than that. You’ve waited for your entire career to have a team like this.”

    Bonner hit his marks. There was no shock or surprise. He stated the obvious in a way Coach Winger couldn’t deny. It was the team of a lifetime. Lots of coaches spent an entire career never having a team as good as this one.

    His mind refused to say the words he’d rehearsed. Maybe there was a way out. There had to be a way out.

    “If this is true, you do understand this might very well cost me my job. You’ll never play football again? We’ll probably forfeit all our wins and the trip to the championship game. You need to tell the truth. It’s between you and me.”

    “Coach Winger, if this was true you’d have had me clean out my locker before practice. You’ve had this note for some time. You were angry all afternoon. You decided to spring it on me to see my reaction. My reaction is simple. Let’s get ready for Woodruff and kick their asses.”

    Winger smiled. Bonner was always cool under pressure.

    What Coach Winger didn’t know was that Bonner lay awake many nights playing this scenario through his mind.

    Coach Winger wondered, what’s wrong with me? This wasn’t how he imagined this meeting going. Bonner was ready for him. If the note was true, it didn’t seem to fluster Bonner, but if it was true, Bonner would have been ready for how to react, once he knew he was caught.

    Not only that, Bonner thought it through before he enrolled at Grant, he’d consulted people who knew what he was doing and they told him how best to do it. Their goals may have been different, but the tactics were the same.

    After several months with being the talk of the league, why did the author of the note wait until now to send it? With two games left, it was sent at a time the author of the note calculated it would do the most damage to Grant’s football program. The idea of it made Coach Winger mad all over again. Such a cowardly act shouldn’t be rewarded with capitulation no matter the consequences.

    The season would end in two weeks. He didn’t care what happened after that. They’d come this far and what was done was done. Coach Winger would get his boys ready for Woodruff. Once they beat Woodruff, they’d probably face Duval in the championship game. Grant could beat Duval with Bonner at quarterback. It was no more complicated then that.

    “Do you expect me to ignore this note?” Coach Winger asked, hoping to get an answer he could accept.

    “Think about it. I came here to make your football team. That’s all I did. You made me the starting quarterback, because I could play the game. I want to finish what we started, Coach. This is nonsense and you know it. If it’s true, what advantage does that give the Lions? If this is true, you’re working at a handicap. If this is true, you’re doing something no one else has ever done, and while you’re doing it while winning a championship. I’d call that downright heroic.”

    “If it is true, it is against the rules,” Winger said.

    “And we know what rules are made for,” Bonner said.

    Coach Winger looked up from the note again, after carefully reading the words. He was listening. He shouldn’t be listening to Bonner, but he was. He should tell Bonner to clean out his locker, but he had listened and he wasn’t going to tell Bonner that.

    “No, but that’s not the issue. I can’t ignore this. It was in my mailbox. I can’t say I didn’t know, and from this point forward, I’m complicit.”

    “Who sent it? Who could have had access to it?”

    “What’s it matter who sent it? Your secret is out, Bonner. I can’t pretend not to know what I know. I’ve been accused of being dense, but I’m not that dense. I’m the responsible party here.”

    “Why didn’t they send a note like that to the newspapers or the league offices? No name. No explanation. A note that could be made up to stop Grant in its tracks. Someone from Woodruff would be my guess. Why would you even read such a note? You couldn’t believe it’s true.”

    Coach Winger was still listening.

    “I’ve got to act on it or I lose all credibility.”

    “If they were after you they’d have sent it to the league offices. Whoever sent it was privy to a piece of information they wanted you to have. Why you? Why now, a few days before the Woodruff game?”

    “The Woodruff game !” Coach Winger said, getting his mind back to football.

    “What harm has been done? I’ve been playing since the second game of the season. We’re 8-0. Neither one of us knew if I could play quarterback in game conditions. I could. Do I give Grant an unfair advantage over the competition? Look at me, Coach. Physically there is no advantage in playing me. The only advantage I have is that I’m good, and if I wasn’t good, you wouldn’t have gotten that note, and we wouldn’t be sitting here pondering what it means. Finish burning that note. You gave me a shot, just like any other boy gets an equal shot to play. Let’s finish what we started.”

    Bonner spoke softly and without hesitation in that scratchy voice Coach Winger easily recognized as uniquely Bonner’s. His quarterback came at the problem from a different direction, but his words made sense. They had started a journey months ago and they should be allowed to finish it. His team should play the final two games and after that, they could sort it out if Grant became league champions.

    “How’d you pull it off? Who sent you to Grant? Why Grant?” Coach Winger asked.

    “It doesn’t matter who, Coach. I was told you were a man that loved the game and you’d give me a chance even if the truth came out. You are a fair coach. Let Grant have its season in the sun. I’ll walk away once it’s over. I made no promises to do anything different than that if I made the team.”

    The fingers began drumming again. Bonner couldn’t read Coach Winger now. His team’s dream season was in jeopardy and he was helpless, but he was thinking.

    “Look, Coach, let me play. Like you said, they’ll take the wins away anyway. Let’s win them all and then let them say we didn’t win them. They can erase them from the record but everyone will know we won the games. Playing me gave us no unfair advantage. We played the best ball. We played football the way it was intended to be played and we won.”

    “If they say I was ineligible and take away Grant’s wins, it’s on them. We aren’t cheating and Grant has played the best football,” Bonner said, while Coach Winger listened.

    “Will they really want to pursue this or would they want to keep it quiet? I’m betting on the quiet. What would it say about football in our league if they rob us of our wins?

    “I want to play. Admit it, you want me to play. How long will you have to wait for another season like this?”

    “I need to give this more thought. Don’t mention this to anyone. Especially don’t talk to Johnson about it. What does Johnson know?”

    “Johnson? He doesn’t know anything.”

    “He’s awful protective of you, Bonner.”

    “I’m small. He’s big. He’s taking care of a teammate. He’s Grant’s best receiver. He doesn’t know anything else.”

    “Keep this between you and me. You aren’t off the hook here, Bonner. I need time to think.”

    Bonner stood as he watched Coach Winger drumming his fingers and looking beyond the coaches office.

    Bonner opened the door and he returned to his locker where a fully dressed Tad waited for him. He was leaning against Bonner’s locker.

    “What was that all about?”

    “Woodruff,” Bonner said. “The coach is anxious. He wanted me to tell him we are going to beat Woodruff. I told him and he feels better now.”

    “What did he really say?” Tad asked.

    “I’ll tell you about it one day,” Bonner said, closing his locker.

    The two boys left the gym together.

    Chapter 5

    Push-back

    Mr. Winger tells his U. S. history class, “History is made when the people decide that change is necessary or when the people decide the government is no longer representing them.

    When the government is working against the best interests of the people, there will be change. History is made when events overpower tradition.”

    “One person alone rarely changes the course of history. A few can alert the people to the need for change. When large numbers of people demand change, history can be altered. It can be done peacefully at the ballot box or it can be violent. How violent depending on how resistant those in power decide to be.”

    “Over six hundred thousand died in the American Civil War. It was Americans fighting Americans. It’s called the war of northern aggression in the South. In the North it became seen as a fight for America’s soul. Would they allow slavery, forced labor, or were all men truly created equal in the struggle for life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness.”

    “Regardless of what the two sides were fighting for, the North won and the south was vanquished. Lincoln said in his second inaugural, “…Malice toward none, charity for all.”

    To heal the nation, Lincoln wanted to put the Civil War behind him. Lincoln was assassinated. Whatever he had in mind for the healing of the nation died with him. For a hundred years black citizens were neither slave nor free.”

    “This condition remained in place until the people changed it. It didn’t take a civil war but people did die for this cause. They died fighting for other people’s rights.” “Tradition is hard to overcome in some cases and the people need to stay strong if they want to create change.”

    “This is well recorded history. You can read about it in books galore but there is one more truth about history that you should know. The winners get to write the history. What you read might be slanted by the author’s opinion. It’s a good idea to take history with a grain of salt and while you’re at it, read things that were written by someone on the losing side. It could give you a better perspective.”

    *****

    Mr. Winger, the history teacher, knew history teachers should never make history. Coach Winger knew a football team could make history.

    Few football players made history, but many are famous, even adored. Heroes, even those who only play a game, are necessary to inspire others to be heroic.

    *****

    Coach Winger sat alone in the middle of the bleachers watching his team practice Wednesday afternoon. In particular he watched Bonner move. He was smooth, quick, and he could turn on a dime, making his defense look bad.

    The Woodruff game was Saturday and there would be one more full out practice and a light workout Friday to keep his players loose.

    They’d leave early enough on Saturday to run a light practice on Woodruff”s field. It was a good idea to allow his players time to acclimate to another team’s field. It It helped to settle nerves and the players realized the field was just a football field.

    Coach Winger watched as Kronkowski broke free of the offensive line. He ran straight for Bonner. This was what Coach Winger feared. One defender getting loose in the backfield, hitting Bonner head-on. Kronkowski playfully picked Bonner up and swung him around in his arms. That’s not how it would go at Woodruff and Coach Winger knew it.

    Woodruff constantly had a winning program. They won games and they were reigning champions of the league. A winner did not look favorably on an upstart team coming into their yard and challenging them.

    Woodruff would be determined to stop Grant.

    Grant could beat Woodruff. Grant’s team was better than Woodruff’s on paper, but Woodruff had an advantage. They were accustomed to being league champions and for a team to knock them off their pedestal, they’d need to play very good ball. Woodruff wouldn’t simply roll over and Woodruff wouldn’t allow Bonner to control the backfield the way other teams did.

    Bonner knew this would be the toughest game he ever played. It was best to keep it simple and not go out of his way to make Woodruff look bad. They’d only become more determined to win if Bonner used all his weapons to defeat them. In this game Bonner would play conservatively.

    If Grant did what it was capable of doing and didn’t make any big mistakes, they’d beat Woodruff on their own turf. Doing that meant Grant would be heading for the championship game a week later.

    The thought of it made the coach smile.

    The evidence was destroyed but the person who sent it was still out there. That was the problem. Grant could play football. Bonner could quarterback. If only the natural forces were allowed to stay in play, it would be okay, win or lose. Coach Winger understood that wasn’t the only thing in play. He’d made his decision and he’d rise or fall with it, as would Grant High School’s football fortunes.

    Coach Winger had checked the football field for unexpected gatherings of reporters and photographers, or worse yet, a contingent of league officials, waiting to put Grant down. Each day as his team went out for practice, the field and the bleachers were empty.

    No one cared about Grant’s preparations for Woodruff. It eased the coaches’ mind but he didn’t stop worrying.

    *****

    Perfection in the regular season, going 8-0, wasn’t easy. Woodruff did it on a regular basis, but they’d been the class of the league since the school opened eighteen years before.

    Woodruff had the best of everything. Grant was just the poor sister of the rich neighbor. Beating them just once and going to the championship game would make Grant’s day for a long time to come.

    Grant was ready. There would be no over confidence. This was the game when they’d pull out all the stops and use every play in the play book to make sure they were ready for Woodruff.

    *****

    They arrived at Woodruff a little after ten Saturday morning. No one was there to greet them, which made Coach Winger feel better.

    Grant’s football team went immediately to the playing field to warm up and check out the field. Pads and equipment were left on the bus to be retrieved later. For the time being they’d just be at Woodruff. The test of wills would start in less than two hours.

    An assistant coach from Woodruff came out to greet Coach Winger. They were acquainted and Grant’s team was invited into the cafeteria for a light snack before the game. Coach Winger accepted this show of respect for his team. He’d been playing at Woodruff for years and no one gave him so much as a howdy-do. Woodruff knew they were in for a fight and being polite gave Grant no extra incentive to want to take it out on Woodruff, but any boy could look at the wall of his school and see how many times a team they played beat them. It was incentive enough for Grant’s boys.

    The fruit, juices, breads, and pastries hit the spot. No one needed to be reminded to eat lightly before a game.

    Once Grant was suited up and ready for the game, they returned to their side of the field. The stands ere already starting to fill up. Woodruff had a stadium with seating all around the field. There were light towers at both ends and on each side of the field. Woodruff played night games, but this game was played in the middle of the day.,

    *****

    Grant fans sat behind their team and there were a lot of Grant students, teachers, and administrators on hand to see if Grant would finish the the regular season 9-0.

    The principal, vice-principal, and other administrators came to stand behind the bench as they waited for the game to start. Coach Winger was polite but for the most part silent. He looked around the stadium for any unusual gathering of reporters and photographers, but except for Grant’s photographer and Woodruff’s photographers and video recording team, no one appeared out of place.

    Grant won the coin toss and they would receive the kickoff that started the game. Bonner had been practicing a pass play to open the game with and Coach Winger gave his approval. Once that play was completed, Bonner would go to the running game, and that alone would set Woodruff back on their heels.

    Scott ran the kickoff to the thirty-six yard line in Grant territory. Bonner knelt in the huddle for about five seconds. That wasn’t long enough to draw up a pass play and so the idea Grant already knew the first play gave them another advantage.

    Bonner started his three step drop back, faked to Carlos, stepped forward as three Woodruff linemen ran past him. He threw a pass straight across the fifty yard line and Taylor caught it on the Woodruff forty-seven. He ran for a score. The extra point was good. Grant had taken control of the game. Woodruff would need to play catch up.

    It was Grant 7 Woodruff 0.

    The Grant fans went wild. Bonner’s name was mentioned in a cheer by the Grant Cheerleaders, and Woodruff was less than thrilled.

    Grant’s defense was fired up. They sacked the Woodruff quarterback on the first play the Eagles ran. Followed by two running plays, Woodruff took the ball from their twenty-five to the thirty-one in three plays.

    Grant held Woodruff on their first set of downs.

    Bonner went to the ground game. He handed off to Scott, to Carlos, to Scott, and they went from the Grant 32 to the Woodruff 48 in three plays. Grant was controlling both sides of the line and Woodruff wasn’t able to interrupt the constant forward movement of the football by Grant.

    On first down and on the Woodruff twenty-three yard line toward the end of the first quarter, Bonner dropped back and hit Johnson on the left side of the field and he ran the ball to the Woodruff seven yard line.

    On the first down Woodruff held. Grant might have lost half a yard. On the second down Scott ran to the four. On third down Bonner kept Scott and Carlos on either side of him, and he had Tad line up behind him. With three backs in the backfield it gave Woodruff more to think about. They either didn’t realize it was Johnson lined up behind Bonner, or it didn’t impress them. They lined up in their run defense, and flooded the end zone to protect against a Bonner pass.

    Bonner faked to Carlos while doing his three step drop back, handing the ball to Johnson as he ran past the quarterback, following Scott and Carlos into the end zone. If a Woodruff player touched Johnson, no one saw it.

    Grant brought their A game and there was plenty of motivation to beat Woodruff.

    This once again brought the Grant fans to their feet. There were shouts of, ‘Johnson, Johnson, Johnson.’

    With three quarters to play it was Grant 14 Woodruff 0.

    Bonner was relaxed as he watched the defense give some ground to Woodruff. It was a grinding running game and it took Woodruff all they had to gain ten yards in the three downs they were given. For 6 sets of downs which ate up over eight minutes, Woodruff went from their own twenty-five to the Grant fifteen.

    Then, on a broken play that left Woodruff’s quarterback holding the ball, he ran into the end zone as Grants defense was keeping the two Eagle backs from getting beyond the line of scrimmage.

    It was Grant 14, Woodruff 7, as the half ended.

    Woodruff’s defense was almost as good as Grant’s and the third quarter became a game of defenses. Neither team crossed the fifty yard line in the third quarter. Woodruff knew that if they let Grant score again, with the way Grant’s defense was playing, they’d never catch up.

    This was the game Coach Winger was expecting. The two defenses were slugging it out.

    It was Grant 14, Woodruff 7, when the fourth quarter began. It had been a hard fought game.

    Woodruff took the kickoff and stayed on the ground. In five minutes they made it to the Grant forty, where they ran out of steam, but the punt nailed Grant back on its seven yard line. It was the worst starting position for Grant in the game and Woodruff was determined to keep them pinned back deep in their own territory.

    This was the kind of start for a drive that allowed a good team to get back into a game. On first down Scott ran to the fifteen. This gave Bonner some running room. He watched the Woodruff defense prepare for another running play. A high school quarterback wouldn’t pass this deep in his territory and they were confident they’d continue to stop the run short of a first down.

    If it played out that way, Grant would punt from deep on its side of the field and Woodruff might get the ball at midfield. Any kind of run back, they’d be set up for a score.

    Bonner nodded to Johnson in the huddle.

    His raspy voice was lower more direct and to the point.

    “They’ve been stopping us on the run for the entire second half. Johnson, to the left, when you reach the sideline, cut to the middle of the field. I’ll hit you at the thirty. You’re the fastest guy on the field, Tad. We need that score to keep Woodruff from getting back into the game. There are only a few minutes left.”

    What Bonner didn’t say was, If the play didn’t work, Woodruff would be set up to tie the game. If they did that, Woodruff would believe they could win the game. Bonner hoped to erase any idea that Grant might lose.

    When Winger realized what Grant was lining up to do, his initial response was to put his hands up to his head. Woodruff didn’t see it but they hadn’t watched the Bonner to Johnson railroad all season. If the play didn’t work, they were letting Woodruff back in the game.

    Coach Winger walked in front of the bench waiting for the snap. Bonner dropped back, faked to Carlos, turned, and then he was moving forward with his arm cocked back.

    Faking to the left, where Johnson caught most of Bonner’s passes, Bonner redirected his pass straight down the field. The defense was everywhere but anywhere close to Johnson who was running down the middle of the field.

    When Johnson stopped running, he stood in the end zone, placing the ball at his feet. The entire Grant Lion team rolled over top of Johnson, knocking him to the turf.

    When Johnson stood up, Bonner hugged him, and whistled blew as Grant was penalized for delay of game.

    It was the kind of celebration Grant’s football teams had only watched other teams have. They understood it would take a miracle for Woodruff to make a comeback now.

    Woodruff wasn’t accustomed to watching other teams celebrate on their field. They didn’t like it and there were five minutes left in the game. Grant might win but Woodruff wasn’t going to allow them to win without paying a price.

    Woodruff ran one play after another. The quarterback dropped back to pass on third and five. He was sacked by Grant’s fired up defense.

    *****

    Woodruff punted. Under pressure, the ball went off the side of the kicker’s foot. Grant got the ball on Woodruff’s 40 yard line.

    Just before the two minute warning, Bonner took his quick drop and when he went to hand off to Scott, he wasn’t there. He’d tripped over Carlos as they moved behind Bonner to take the hand off.

    With Grant’s offensive line holding, Bonner cocked his arm and sailed a pass over Johnson’s right shoulder and into his arms. Johnson knew what to do when a play broke down and Bonner knew where to look for him. Johnson took the ball inside the Woodruff 20 yard line.

    The clock continued to run.

    On the next play, Woodruff stopped Scott at the line of scrimmage. On second down Woodruff broke through and came after Bonner, who flicked a pass where he thought Johnson would be, and he was.

    This time Johnson was tackled by his own players in Woodruff’s end zone. When Johnson stood up, expecting Bonner to leap into his arm for what was no doubt the play that cinched the game for Grant, Bonner wasn’t there

    Johnson saw Scott and Carlos standing back at the old line of scrimmage. They were looking down at Bonner as Coach Winger ran onto the field.

    The crowd went silent..

    What Johnson hadn’t seen, when Bonner launched the short pass to Johnson, one of Woodruff’s linebackers was coming around the right side of Grant’s line into the open. He had his sites set on Bonner and even seeing the ball leave the quarterback’s hand didn’t slow the linebacker who was determined to make Bonner pay for his ability to get passes away in tight situations.

    Woodruff’s defense had been denied for the entire game and while Grant may win, it wouldn’t be without cost.

    As Bonner followed through with the pass, his arm was extended. The linebacker didn’t slow and he hit Bonner where his ribs were exposed.

    Grant’s quarterback went down hard. Woodruff’s linebacker landed on top of him. Then he jumped up to thrust his fist in the air in triumph.

    He did what he set out to do.

    It was a late hit. Everyone in the stadium witnessed it and there was little doubt why the cheap shot was taken.

    Champions don’t like to be beaten in their own yard. Even Woodruff fans fell silent, after the vicious hit.

    Victory rarely came without paying a price.

    Coach Winger didn’t hold his head in his hands. He was too busy running to his quarterback. He’d expected this to happen long before it did. With the season so close to ending, he couldn’t help but wonder, why now.

    Chapter 6

    We Are the Champions

    Bonner wasn’t in school on Monday and he didn’t appear at practice that afternoon.

    Coach Winger ran his usual loose exercises and short scrimmage without equipment on the Monday after a game.

    The defense was a tightly honed unit after nine wins.

    His athletes were well conditioned. They’d loosen up and go through the motions. Players didn’t need to be told where they belonged or what to do. If a player didn’t know by now, he wouldn’t be playing much when Saturday rolled around.

    Coach Winger paced the sidelines. He didn’t know if he had a quarterback or not. He wouldn’t run his offense with anyone but Bonner at the helm. He didn’t want to mess with their timing and he kept them doing light exercise, after telling them that Bonner needed a couple of days off for him to be ready for the game against Duval.

    In the back of his mind the coach knew Bonner would play if he could play. Until he knew different, he made no move that looked like he was planning to use Scott to call signals and handle the ball. If it came to that, they’d only run simple running plays. The ball would stay on the ground and Scott would do what he was told to do.

    Coach Winger remembered his foul mood after Casterbrook was hurt. He thought about how shaky he was after he received that note. He wasn’t sure if Bonner would play or not. He had a plan if he couldn’t play but he wasn’t going to write Bonner off yet.

    He didn’t know how seriously Bonner was hurt. He refused medical attention once he got up after he was blindsided. He had been alert but there was no doubt he took a serious hit.

    The linebacker who hit Bonner was ejected from the game and it cost Woodruff fifteen yards for the late hit. It didn’t matter in either case. Woodruff was going to lose. Grant was going to win. It remained to be seen what the final cost for that win would be.

    The penalty was assessed on the subsequent kickoff. With the score Grant 21 and Woodruff 7 and a little over two minutes to play, the game was virtually over . Woodruff hadn’t moved the ball well for the entire game and there wasn’t much time left on the clock.

    Woodruff’s season was over. Grant was going on to play Duval in the league championship game.

    *****

    Monday, spaghetti day in the cafeteria, Coach Winger stopped at the office before going to get his lunch. He asked for Bonner’s file and he wrote down his listed phone number.

    “He isn’t in school today Mrs. Myer said. “Do you know about that?”

    “Did you ask the principal?” Coach Winger asked.

    “No, it’s only his second absence this year. You’re asking for his file. I thought you might know something.”

    “He was injured in Saturday’s game. He’s probably been told to rest. I didn’t expect him to be in school today.”

    “There was a game Saturday?” Mrs. Myer asked.

    Coach Winger closed the file and put the sheet of paper with Bonner’s number on it in his pocket. He didn’t say anything else. If the principal asked, he could say he’d checked on Bonner, which he had no intention of doing. What he didn’t know could hurt him, but he was willing to take his chances.

    How was it the principal’s secretary didn’t know Grant won the biggest game in school history Saturday?

    He resisted the desire to clue her in.

    While Bonner said he’d be fine, Coach Winger knew better. Bonner was having difficulty breathing and that indicated trouble. Most doctors familiar with athletes were going to tell Bonner to avoid physical activity for two weeks.

    Coach Winger was playing on Bonner’s field and he’d wait until Bonner got in touch with him. He’d seen the hit and it was the kind of thing he feared all along. Bonner held up well until last Saturday. If Bonner was more seriously injured than bruised ribs, he’d have called by now.

    Showing courage, Bonner walked off the field under his own power, while leaning on Johnson. Walking and breathing were different functions and Bonner’s breathing sounded strained. The coach was familiar with such injuries and he wasn’t going to write Bonner off for Saturday.

    Bonner said he’d see his own doctor once he was home. He favored his right side as he walked. Tad Johnson stayed very close to him.

    Bonner left for home once the bus returned to Grant. Coach Winger should have insisted on talking to his doctor, but he remained conflicted about his roll in Bonner’s game.

    *****

    The principal came down to the sidelines on Monday afternoon. Everyone had seen the hit that knocked Bonner out of the game. Once he was able to get up, he maintained he’d had the wind knocked out of him.

    “Have you heard from Bonner, Winger?” The principal asked.

    “No, he went to his doctor Saturday. I didn’t expect him today,” Coach Winger said. “We don’t really do much the Monday after games. If I don’t hear from him by tomorrow, I’ll call his house.”

    “He wasn’t in any of his classes today,” the principal said. “I’d hate to think he won’t be playing in the championship game. We need that boy on the field.”

    “He took a mean hit. He’ll be sore for a few days. If it was anything more serious than a bruise, he’d have called,” Coach Winger said. “The doctor told him to go home and rest until he’s feeling better. You’ll need to cut him some slack until after Saturday. He knows we’re playing for the championship. He won’t be sitting on the bench if I know Bonner.”

    “He’ll play Saturday?” The principal asked. “I wouldn’t want him to play in a game if he’s not physically able, but we need him in that game, Winger.”

    “I’ll know when I talk to him,” Coach Winger said. “He took a hard hit. If Bonner can play, he’ll play. Hell, he’ll try to play if he can’t play. The boy has no shortage of guts.”

    “Keep me posted,” the principal said.

    As if Coach Winger didn’t have enough on his mind, he’d become responsible for reassuring the principal that everything was going to be OK.

    *****

    Bonner showed up Tuesday afternoon. He didn’t attend any classes before coming out to practice. The only thing on his mind was football.

    Coach Winger walked and talked to him on the opposite side of the field from where he had the team running drills. Tad Johnson jogged over to intercept them as they walked and talked about Saturday’s game.

    “I’m OK,” Bonner said.

    Coach Winger thought Johnson beamed when he came face to face with Bonner.

    “You look OK. You going to play Saturday?” Johnson asked.

    “Why wouldn’t I play?” Bonner asked. “I’m the quarterback.”

    Talking to Bonner told Coach Winger nothing. Bonner intended to play and he intended to let him play, until he saw evidence that told him Bonner needed to come off the field. He’d deal with that when the time came.

    He would devise a game plan to keep Duval’s defense away from Bonner. They’d keep the ball on the ground and ware Duval down in the first half. After that, he’d decide if Bonner could pass effectively or not and act accordingly.

    Duval was not the football power Woodruff was. If the Grant Lions defense played up to expectations, they shouldn’t have a lot of trouble from Duval’s offense. With Bonner hurt nothing was for certain, but Grant should be able to run the ball once the offensive line wore down Duval’s defense for two quarters.

    Bonner said he’d be OK. His doctor was going to get him a flack jacket from one of the local professional teams on loan. This would protect Bonner’s ribs in case of another hard hit, which Winger was sure the doctor advised against.

    On Wednesday afternoon Bonner appeared wearing the flack jacket. He was moving better on Wednesday than he was on Tuesday. He threw two passes at the swinging tire while no one was watching him, but Coach Winger watched every move Bonner made. Besides those passes, Bonner limited himself to stretching exercises.

    Bonner still didn’t mingle with the other players. He was in his own place, searching, stretching, seeing what his limitations might be.

    The offense seemed willing to give Bonner plenty of room, except for Tad Johnson who walked and talked to Bonner late in the practice on Wednesday.

    Bonner was aware that after one more game the dream would end for him. He had no doubt that Grant was better than Duval, but better teams lost to lesser teams all the time. His injury was a factor. If his team did what they were capable of doing, Grant would be league champions Saturday afternoon.

    Even though Bonner didn’t mingle with his teammates, the mood on Grant’s practice field improved quite a bit once the players knew Bonner was there. This meant that all systems were go for Grant to field the team they’d been winning with all year. While no one mentioned playing for the championship, it was on every players mind.

    It was on Bonner’s mind. Grant was playing good football. If they became league champions, they were going to attract a lot of attention. The game with Woodruff had been the only game Bonner wasn’t sure they’d win.

    He’d be playing hurt Saturday. He’d do his best to play as well as he was able, but if he thought the offense would do better without him, he’d sit on the bench. It’s not how he’d envisioned it going, but playing starting quarterback was never a vision he had, until he was given the job.

    Bonner knew he’d gone farther and risen higher than he’d ever imagined was possible. While a championship would be a fine way to cap off a successful season, he’d already done way more than he set out to do.

    He could walk away happy and even proud without winning the league championship, but he’d love having the championship to throw in his brother’s faces when they gave him a hard time. His brothers were the reason he loved football and they were forever giving him a hard time.

    Whatever happened Saturday, they’d be proud of him.

    On Thursday Bonner ran the offense and he went through the motions. There was no equipment, no physical contact, no running. He took snaps and went through the motions of handing off. He never passed the ball down field.

    The team was ready for Duval and what they needed to see is what Bonner showed them. He could move the way he was supposed to. It caused discomfort, but Bonner didn’t let on that he was still hurting. He wanted to play Saturday.

    Coach Winger had been careful all week. Having an important player injured while practicing a few days before the biggest game in school history wouldn’t be smart. Risking any more damage to Bonner was out of the question.

    Coach Winger watched Bonner move. He watched the way Bonner’s right elbow stayed flush against the flack jacket so it couldn’t bounce against his ribs.

    The drills were motion drills. There was motion without any follow through. Coach Winger knew why Bonner didn’t pass the ball to Johnson a few times. No one questioned the lack of intensity in the drills.

    Everyone’s mind was on the Duval game by then.

    Bonner knew throwing passes was going to hurt. He’d save the passes he had left in his arm for the game. When he backed away from center and looked for Johnson down field in the game Saturday, that’s when he’d know if he’d already thrown his last completed pass in a football game.

    That’s when Duval would find out if Bonner was too wounded to throw passes. Grant could win the game staying on the ground, but the championship game was a showcase for the more talented players on both teams.

    College recruiters and coaches would be in the stands. They’d want to see how the boys they were interested in played under pressure. They wanted to see how boys they would recruit played in the biggest game of the season.

    Johnson and Taylor were both heavily recruited and if Bonner couldn’t throw passes, his receivers wouldn’t be able to show off their talent and that would never do. Bonner needed to be able to throw passes.

    Coach Winger smiled to himself when he’d thought that he was finally able to keep Bonner on the ground.

    The principal came down to watch practice on Thursday. He’d been waiting to be told that Bonner was in school, even if he didn’t come until the afternoon.

    Hearing Bonner was there eased the apprehension everyone at Grant shared that week.

    “Can he play?” The principal asked.

    “He seems determined to play. We won’t know if he can play, until he takes the field. I’ll try to limit him. I’ve had Scott taking snaps and handing the ball off to Carlos and Johnson. I’ll spell Bonner during the game. If he paces himself, and avoids a big hit, we should be OK.”

    “I want this championship, Winger. Grant needs this championship. I just don’t want that boy seriously hurt in getting it,” the principal said.

    “Duval knows Bonner took a hit he nearly didn’t get up from. They’ll be going after those ribs. The only chance they think they have is by putting Bonner out of the game,” Coach Winger said.

    “You know this how?” The principal asked.

    “It’s what I’d do under the same circumstances. Football is a rough game and part of it is knowing the weaknesses of your opposition. That’s where you attack,” Coach Winger said.

    The principal processed what Coach Winger said. He didn’t have anything else to say. There was no hint of any controversy concerning Bonner. It didn’t necessarily remove his anxiety but it eased up some, and Coach Winger stayed away from his mailbox.

    *****

    Johnson wanted to meet Bonner after practice on Thursday, but Bonner wanted to go home to continue healing. Johnson wanted to win as badly as Bonner did, and he accepted that Bonner needed rest.

    Friday was an even lighter day at practice. There were warmup exercises and some jogging. Boys sat on the football field and enjoyed a mild November day.

    Coach Winger made no speeches and he didn’t tell his boys how important tomorrow’s game was.

    He’d let his team do the talking on the field Saturday.

    Coach Winger was ill at ease. He didn’t know which of his concerns about Saturday’s game bothered him most, but he said all he had to say to his boys.

    Once practice ended on Friday, it was out of the coaches hands. It was up to the boys now. He told them everything he thought they needed to know. If they protected Bonner, they’d be in the driver’s seat. If they failed to protect Bonner, the game would be up for grabs.

    There was another matter tickling the underside of Coach Winger’s worries. Something was lurking in the shadows and he couldn’t put his finger on what.

    *****

    There was no sign of trouble during the game on Saturday afternoon. The Grant fans were reserved. Everyone had an eye on Bonner. With his ribs taped and wearing a flack jacket under his jersey, Bonner took the field with the offense.

    For two quarters the game remained scoreless. Grant kept the ball in Duval’s territory most of the first half.

    It was Grant 0 and Duval 0 at halftime.

    Bonner hadn’t thrown one pass. His offensive line played like junkyard dogs. They refused to allow entry into Grant’s backfield. It remained to be seen whether or not Grant could score against Duval’s defense by keeping the ball on the ground. Grant made no effort to score so far.

    Bonner moving on and off the field was a relief to Grant’s fans. Bonner’s line holding back Duval’s defensive players gave the fans hope, but handing off to Scott, Carlos, Scott, but there were no scores. Duval spent the half defending against the run.

    Everyone was sure that Bonner couldn’t pass the ball.

    Since Bonner didn’t take any hits, it was a tradeoff that left the Grant fans hoping for better things in the second half. They were going to be disappointed right off.

    At the start of the third quarter, Scott lined up to take snaps, handing off to Carlos and Johnson who lined up in the backfield. Sometimes Scott ran the ball himself.

    Bonner sat alone and without motion on the Grant bench.

    Johnson broke free for 12 and 8 yard runs in the third quarter. They stood alone as the only two Grant first downs. Duval did no better as Grant’s defense kept pushing them backward.

    It ate up the clock and it kept Duval from getting anywhere close to a score, but the fans were growing restless.

    From behind Grant’s bench fans began to chant.

    “Bonner! Bonner! Bonner!”

    For the most part it seemed to be ignored. Bonner sat with a warmup jacket over his shoulders and the game went on without him. So far it was played between the twenty yard lines.

    As the third quarter was coming to an end, Duval punted yet again to Grant.

    The chant continued.

    “Bonner. Bonner. Bonner.”

    Coach Winger decided to rest Bonner for the third quarter. He’d let Duval’s defense dash itself against Grant’s offensive line for a quarter longer.

    He told that line, “Keep them out of the backfield.”

    His boys refused to move. Duval became more and more determined to move them.

    The coach smiled to himself toward the end of the third quarter. So far so good, he thought.

    “Bonner, do some stretching. The fourth quarter is close.”

    Grant fans pointed at Bonner doing exercises behind the Grant bench. A buzz went through the crowd as the time out was called before the fourth quarter started.

    The score remained, Grant 0, Duval 0.

    It was time for Coach Winger to see if his plan worked.

    There were many facets to the plan. The first was already in play. The fans were getting excited over the prospect of Bonner returning to the game.

    On the other side of the ball, Duval thought Bonner was out of the game for good. When Bonner returned to the field, Duval would be disappointed, because Bonner represented a real threat to break the game open.

    Even with Bonner back in the game, if he kept on running the ball, he was far less dangerous, so Duval had to be fired up to stop the run. They were determined not to give Grant a lift by allowing them to move the ball.

    Bonner gave his team a lift by being in the game.

    “Bonner,” Coach Winger said. “How do you feel?”

    “I’m fine, coach. I’m ready.”

    “All those restrictions I put on you before the game?”

    “Yeah, coach,” Bonner said smiling.

    “Forget them. Go out there and play some Bonnerball.”

    “OK, coach.”

    “Whatever you need to do to beat these guys, do it. It’s your game now.”

    “OK, coach.”

    Not even Coach Winger knew if Bonner would be able to throw accurately. With Duval’s defense worn down and conditioned to expect the run, the pressure on Grant’s quarterback should be less intense. He’d have time to pass the ball, if he could pass the ball.

    No one thought the game would end in a tie.

    Bonner ran back onto the field to join the huddle at the beginning of the fourth quarter. Grant fans were elated. Duval fans, not so much.

    Duval players were not overjoyed to see Bonner come back into the game, assuming he was done for the day.

    Bonner knelt in the middle of the Grant huddle.

    He yelled, “Go,” after calling the play.

    On first down he took three steps backward, faked to Scott, and he handed the ball to Carlos who ran for three yards. They huddled and he called the second play of the fourth quarter, handing off to Scott who ran for five yards.

    Now Duval knew what they needed to know. Bonner probably wasn’t able to accurately pass. They brought nine guys up on the line, leaving a man to cover Johnson and one to cover Taylor down field. Everyone else would concentrate on stopping Scott.

    On third and two with everyone in the stadium thinking Scott would run on third and two, Bonner took the snap. He took three steps back. When Duval’s defense broke through Grant’s line, they went straight for Scott.

    Bonner faked to Scott and once Duval was in the backfield, he stepped up and tossed the ball to Johnson on the left sideline. Johnson faked left, went right, and the defender fell down as Johnson ran down the sideline and into the end zone.

    Shortly after putting the ball on the ground at his feet, a jubilant Bonner jumped into Tad’s arms. The team showed up a few seconds later to celebrate with their quarterback and star receiver.

    Bonner could pass the ball.

    , Grant fans went crazy. They screamed and yelled.

    “Johnson. Johnson. Johnson.”

    With the extra point being almost automatic by this point in the season, it was Grant 7, Duval 0.

    Coach Winger walked with satisfaction behind the Grant bench. It was rewarding. His team had done everything he asked it to do. Now they were in a position to win the game.

    There was little to say once Grant’s offense sat on the bench. With Grant’s defense on the field, the game was in good hands. Few offenses had scored many points against Grant’s defense. A solid defense was the hallmark of a team Coach Winger put together.

    However, Duval’s offense knew they only needed one touchdown and the extra point to tie the game. Duval wasn’t in the championship game because they were a pushover and the Duval players still believed they could win.

    As the clock ticked, Duval went about looking for a way to score a touchdown, but Grant was equally determined not to allow them to score.

    Coach Winger stood behind where Bonner sat and he watched the combat. He knew anything could happen in a football game.

    “You OK, Bonner,” the coach finally asked.

    “I’m good. I’m glad that play worked. I don’t know if I can throw another pass, coach but I’m going to try. It would be nice if the defense holds Duval without a score though.”

    “With luck they will and you won’t need to throw another pass, Bonner. I’ll use Scott to eat up the clock, once we get the ball back. One touchdown might be enough.”

    Grant had the lead and their defense refused to give up a yard. It was three and out for Duval, and with the clock running, there were less than five minutes left when Duval was forced to punt the ball.

    “I want to finish,” Bonner said. “With all those recruiters in the stands, I want to at least make an effort to send Johnson off with a little more to brag about.”

    “You can’t be sure you won’t take a hit, Bonner. I think the game is won. We can run most of the time off the clock. Duval hasn’t done much offensively all day,” Winger said.

    “I want to go in,” Bonner said, and he ran on the field once the punt was run back to Grant’s forty.

    “I’m calling two plays,” Bonner said in the huddle. “I’ll hand off to Scott on the first play. Take it up the middle. Listen up, we can ice this game with no time left. I want the line to do what it did on the last pass. Let them in on the count of two. Johnson, go for the left sideline, and then cut to the middle of the field ten yards past the line of scrimmage. The ball will be there when you arrive, if I’m not flat on my back. Go!” Bonner yelled, breaking the huddle.

    Bonner figured Duval expected him to pass the ball, so he ran Scott straight up the middle for twelve yards.

    Duval was confused when Grant didn’t huddle between plays. Grant’s offensive line immediately came to the line of scrimmage and got set.

    Duval had to scramble to get lined up in time. They went back to their run defense, thinking Bonner would run time off the clock.

    Instead, Bonner threw the ball to Johnson and he galloped into the end zone. Bonner hoped to finish his football career with a flourish that gave Tad Johnson something to brag about.

    Bonner was finally satisfied that he’d done enough.

    Tad Johnson had never looked better scoring a touchdown. His team gang tackled him and they rolled in the end zone with the certainty of champions.

    Bonner walked off the field once Johnson was over the goal line. He’d given it all he had and he was never more worn out than after that last pass.

    “You going to be OK, Bonner?” Coach Winger asked.

    “They are playing our song,” Coach Winger said.

    “What do you mean?” Bonner asked.

    “See the suits standing behind us with the state trooper?”

    Bonner turned his head to see over his shoulder where four men in suits stood beside a very tall state trooper.

    “Yeah,” Bonner said.

    “The tallest suit. That’s the league president. Judson Hermann. The other two are league officials. The fourth guy I suspect is the league’s attorney. They aren’t standing there for their health,” the coach said.

    Bonner turned to look again as Grant players came back to the bench. Grant had been assessed a five yard penalty for delay of game. Not everyone was celebrating Grant’s almost certain win.

    “You OK,” Tad Johnson asked Bonner.

    “I won’t be going dancing tonight, but I’m OK.”

    “You boys stay on the bench. I’ll put in subs to run the clock to the two minute time out. Then Scott can run the offense. Just take a knee once the snap it made.”

    Scott didn’t need to run the offense. Duval ran for two first downs and time ran out.

    The final score was Grant 14 and Duval 0.

    It was like no other game Grant played that season. With the flamboyant Bonner largely restricted, Grant did what they needed to do to win.

    Grant didn’t play pretty football that day. They won anyway. Good teams find a way to win.

    Coach Winger left the celebrating players once they came off the field at the end of the game.

    He’d been called over to where the men in suits stood.

    Not much was said before he walked over to Bonner.

    “Our presence has been requested in the parking garage. There is something the league officials wish to speak to us about.”

    As they left the bench, no one noticed. Pandemonium had broken loose as Grant fans stormed the bench and the players. There wasn’t anyone who didn’t have something to say.

    The absence of the coach and the quarterback hadn’t been discovered yet, but it would be, and soon.

    “What are they going to say?” Bonner asked.

    “It’s anybody’s guess. I’m thinking it won’t be, ‘Nice game,’” Coach Winger said as the two walked shoulder to shoulder down the ramp and into the garage.

    The men in suits and the state trooper who stood behind Grant’s bench, now stood at the bottom of the ramp.

    “Coach Winger,” Judson Hermann said. “You know why we are here?”

    “To congratulate me on finally winning the championship,” Coach Winger said happily.

    “I’d have done that on the field,” Mr. Hermann said.

    “Doesn’t matter to me where you say it. It’s just nice to win the big one.”

    “It’s about your quarterback,” Mr. Hermann said.

    “I’d rather you compliment me on the field,” Bonner said. “There’s an entire team that deserves your attention.”

    “Yes, I’m sure you’re right. This is about the note you received the week of the Woodruff game,” he said.

    “Note? Refresh my mind,” Coach Winger said. “It’s been a long season. A lot has happened.”

    “You didn’t get a note telling you that your quarterback was an ineligible player?”

    “Ineligible? Me?” Bonner asked.

    “If it’s the note I think you’re talking about, Bonner and I got a rather big kick out of it. We laughed about it all week, but what does that have to do with this?” Coach Winger asked. “I understood someone was hoping to disrupt our preparations for Woodruff. If you noticed the results of the Woodruff game, it didn’t work. We won that one too, but being the sharp administrator you are, I bet you knew that.”

    “Coach Winger, we regard this a serious matter. Your cavalier demeanor is reckless. I assure you we take the violation of league rules seriously.”

    “As you should. Wait a minute, Jud, don’t tell me. Someone sent you a note too. Doesn’t that beat all. Some people never give up. I’m glad you didn’t fall for that load of crap. Now that we’re champions and will soon get the trophy to prove it, no one can deny Grant its day in the sun. Next they’ll be sending you a note saying I’m a chartreuse kangaroo, but you can plainly see, I’m not chartreuse.”

    “So you did get the note. This isn’t over, Winger. We take those charges seriously,” Mr. Hermann said. “This is a serious matter we’re investigating. I expect both you and Bonner to be available when we call on you.”

    “Yes, I can tell by where we’re holding this meeting how serious it is. Jud, if you are going to file a formal complaint, well, don’t ask me to come to the basement to get it. OK. File your complaint and I’ll answer your questions as best I can but my team has won the league championship and someone is going to begin wondering where I’ve gotten off to, not to mention Bonner.”

    “We have reason to believe you may have played games with an ineligible player. Doesn’t it concern you?”

    “Look at me,” Bonner said. “Do I look like a player who gives Grant an unfair advantage? No. The only advantage I have is that I’m good at what I do. I’m legally enrolled at Grant High. I’m seventeen. I have a physical that says I’m in good enough health to participate in athletics. My grades are excellent. Anything else is academic. That is what your investigation will reveal. Everything I’ve done is by the book. People who were interested in making sure I got to play football saw to it that we broke no rules.”

    “What people?” Mr. Hermann asked.

    “You conduct your investigation. You want to pursue what this anonymous note says, that’s on you. I did what I came to do and what you need to ask yourself is, do you want to force me to go public? If you do, I’m going to tell it all and you’re going to be left with a lot of questions to answer. You’ll need to explain how Grant managed to beat all the other teams in our division on the way to the championship. No one is going to believe I gave Grant an unfair advantage. That’s what you need to think about. I’m done here. I did what I came to do. The game is over.”

    “What the hell is that?” Mr. Hermann asked as the garage begin to shake. “Go up and see what’s going on out there.”

    The state trooper took long strides up the ramp. Before he returned voices could be heard in the underground structure.

    A minute later the trooper reappeared and he came back to where the group stood.

    “The people in the stands were stamping their feet. Once I started back down the ramp, they began yelling, “Bonner! Bonner! Bonner!”

    Mr. Hermann looked at Bonner and then he looked at Coach Winger.

    “You haven’t heard the last of this. There is going to be an investigation, Winger,” Mr. Hermann said.

    At that instant there was a new chant wafting its way into the parking garage.

    “Winger! Winger! Winger,” the crowd screamed and they began stomping their feet again.

    “I’d like to stand here and chat, but our public is playing our song. Well, it’s been nice speaking with you. Bonner, let’s go give these people what they came for.”

    Bonner walked with Coach Winger as they returned to the field for the trophy presentation.

    The crowd roared when they saw both Bonner and Coach Winger walking toward midfield. Only the Grant fans hung around to see the presentation of the trophy.

    It had been a remarkable season.

    Epilogue

    “Tad, Bonner.”

    “Bonner, where the hell have you been? I’ve been worried sick about you. Where are you?” Tad asked. “I thought you’d been kidnapped. Coach Winger told me to stop worrying. You were fine.”

    “I’m at our favorite ice cream shop and I was thinking about you.” Bonner said.

    “I’ll be there in fifteen minutes. Don’t go anywhere.”

    *****

    Bonner had no intention of going anywhere.

    Bonner went back to where his family lived twenty miles away. He’d waited for his trail to go cold before he called Tad.

    His final day at Grant High School, he went to Coach Winger’s office, after he received a note telling him to do so in sixth period.

    “Hermann is requesting that we both go to league headquarters this afternoon. I don’t know about you, but it is a meeting I’m not looking forward to. I think it is a meeting you best avoid if you aren’t prepared to end up the news of the day tomorrow, Bonner.

    “I’ve been expecting it Bonner said. I thought all along that I’d probably end up get a GED if I went through with this. There’s no point in dragging you or Grant through the mud trying to justify what I did. To tell the truth I’m tired and I wouldn’t mind going back home, coach.”

    “Your papers are in order. Without you being present, there is no evidence of any wrong doing. I guess it’s the easy way out, but I’ve yet to see you do anything the easy way, Bonner,” Coach Winger said. “As for me, I can live with what we’ve done and never talk about it to another soul. Although I suspect there will come a time when you are ready to talk about it. Then, when they ask me, I’ll say that you were a damn good quarterback, and I’ll stand up and say that to anyone who asks me. I’d just as soon not explain it to league officials today. I’d like to keep my job.”

    Bonner stood and reached across the coaches desk.

    “We made history together, coach. I know it and you know. That’s good enough for now. One day I’ll probably want to tell the story, but not yet. I’m too young to spend the rest of my life answering questions about winning a football championship when I was seventeen. Maybe I’ll look you up sometime, coach.”

    “I’d like that,” Coach Winger said, walking Bonner to the door.

    The coach watched Bonner walk down the hall and disappear. It was the last that was ever seen of Bonner at Grant High School.

    The truth about what he did was larger than anything he could have imagine before he went to see if he could make the Grant High School football team.

    *****

    Some years later in a house far from Grant High School.

    “Hey, love, brought you your favorites. Rocky Road and Chocolate Almond Marshmallow ice cream,” Tad said, closing the door behind him as he came into the kitchen..

    Tad and Bonnie kissed whenever they were away from each other for more than five minutes. Little Tad giggled because of his parent’s affection.

    Tad lifted his son and shifted him around behind his neck and up to his other shoulder, setting him on the floor next to his mom’s chair. This always got little Tad laughing and it tickled his father too.

    “Again, again, Daddy,” little Tad said, and his father lifted him up to do it all over again.

    They were both giggling and Bonnie smiled at her men.

    The little boy giggled delighted with the attention.

    “Dinner will be on the table in ten minutes,” Bonnie said. “Tad needs to wash his face and hands before dinner.”

    “Scoot, kiddo, or your mommy might make you wash behind your ears,” his father said. “I’ll get the ice cream in the freezer for later.”

    “Daddy, Daddy, mommy told me that you caught two touchdowns in your high school’s championship game. You scored two touchdowns? Your team won?” little Tad said excitedly.

    “Yes, I did. Not much to tell. We beat Duval 14-0. I caught not one but two touchdown passes that day.”

    “Wow! My father is a football hero,” Tad said.

    At eight years old Tad was old enough to watch football with his father on Sunday afternoon. His father was busy explaining the game to him. He’d figured out baseball by that time, but football was still confusing to him. There was a lot going on at the same time.

    “OK, squirt, go wash your hands and get ready for dinner,” his father said.

    Little Tad scurried away to follow orders and Tad senior helped his very pregnant wife up out of the chair.

    “How’s the baby today, Bonnie?” Tad asked.

    “Busy. George is going to be a kicker, Tad. No doubt about it.”

    Tad laughed. The baby had been very active. They held hands and Tad smiled at his wife.

    Happiness for them was being together with their son.

    “Hey, Bonner, when are you going to tell your son that his mother was the quarterback who threw his daddy those game winning passes?”

    Bonnie laughed loudly.

    The memory of those days were fresh in her mind.


    From my writer’s desk:

    Bonner was biologically a woman. Was she a woman who loved football and jumped at a chance to play the game that only boys get to play, or might Bonner be trans?

    Does it matter?

    Women fought and died in the Revolutionary War. Were these trans men of the day? Women also fought and died in the United States Civil War. Could they have been the trans men of the day, or were they women, every bit as determined as men to contribute to the war effort?

    Does that matter?

    In Europe women have always been part of the vanguard fighting in wars against dictators and tyrants.

    Joan of Arc was one of these. Men burned her alive.

    Men have limited the power of women in the U.S. for most of its history. They denied women the vote until 1919, when women took to the streets to demand it.

    Fifty years ago it was illegal to be LGBTQ. The word homosexual covered everyone with any queer notions.

    The same men who counted black men as three fifths of a person, also wrote, “All men are created equal.”

    It should read, ‘All white men are created more equal,’ women, queers, Native peoples, not so much. Asians got a law of their own to deny them citizenship.

    Why do the straight old white men in power hate so many people who are America?

    The party dominated by old white men has made life miserable for our trans brothers and sisters. Trans citizens are treated like homosexuals were treated fifty years ago. Can you imagine the courage it takes to come out as trans? Trans women are murdered at an alarming rate.

    Fifty years ago this past June, trans women decided that they’d had enough of police brutality. When the police came to arrest them, they fought back. These people were fighting for their lives. There were fires, overturned cars, and many injuries, but in the end the trans women and drag queens won out.

    After the battle known as the Stonewall riots, the modern gay movement(MGM) was underway.

    When we stand together as one, we become as strong as, if not stronger than, the old white men in power.

    We need to advocate for equal rights for everyone.

    Peace & Love,

    Rick Beck

  • Victim’s Descent to Whoredom

    I got raped last night. I left the bar and got into my car when I was approached by a young man. He smiled and asked me for directions when he pulled out his large dick and told me to suck it. I looked at him as if he was joking. He demanded that I suck it or he will harm me. I immediately took his cock in his mouth and sucked him as if my life depended on it. He forced his cock deeper into my mouth and grunted. My mouth stretched tightly over his thick girth as it slid in and out of my mouth. I could barely keep up with his sexual assault on my throat when he gasped loudly as I felt his load fill my mouth. I dutifully swallowed my rapist’s cum. He quickly zipped up his pants, took my wallet and ran off.

    I went back to the bar in search of the security guard to report what happened. He took me to the back office to take down the report.

    “Can you describe the assailant?”

    “He was young, in his 20’s, about 5’8-9, dark hair. That’s about all I can tell you. It was in the parking lot and it was dark.”

    “Do you wear your shirt open like that?”

    I was shocked by his insinuation. “What does that have to do with anything?”

    “Well, you were flaunting your hairy pecs. You were asking for it, wouldn’t you say?”

    “I don’t care if I was naked! He assaulted me without consent!”

    “Did you try to fight him off?”

    “No, he threatened me!”

    “Did he pull a gun on you?”

    “No but I didn’t want the situation to get worse.”

    “So you sucked his dick because you felt threatened?”

    “Yes.”

    “Did he ejaculate in your mouth?”

    “Yes.”

    “Then what?”

    “He took my wallet.”

    “Okay so it was a robbery.”

    “And sexual assault.”

    “Yeah, no. You asked for it so it was just a robbery.”

    I sat there stunned.

    “Look. I have a gun on me right now.” He pulled it from his holster and held it toward me. “I can tell you to take your clothes off. Would you do it?”

    “No! Because you’re a cop! You wouldn’t coerce a victim to go through what just happened a while ago!”

    “Think again. Now take off your clothes.”

    He stood there stoically, his gun still drawn on me.

    I felt victimized all over again as I peeled off my clothes.

    “Get on your back on my desk and open your legs.”

    I obeyed in fear. He whistled. “Nice hairy pussy. Hopefully you’ll enjoy my dick.” He pulled out his huge dick. He spit on my hole and stuck his fingers inside my mantwat. I moaned a little too eagerly. “Yeah, slut. You like that, huh? That’s why you got his dick in your mouth. Because you’re a whore. And now you’re going to get raped because you deserve to be raped. He forced his fingers deeper inside me. I yelped in pain. “Yeah, bitch. Take that, you motherfucking cunt. Spread those legs wider!”

    I spread them as far as I could go. He dropped his trousers and took off his shirt. He was powerfully built and his dick was GIGANTIC! My hole is going to be severely raped. Out of his desk, he grabbed his lube and slathered it on my hole and his dick. “Get ready, bitch.” He smeared his cockhead along my anal lips before he popped inside me. I gasped at his enormous cockhead stretching my sphincter.  He forced his way inside me. I screamed in pain.  “Yeah, bitch. I’m gonna rape your cunt.”

    He continued to force his way deeper and deeper inside me. His large cockhead banged against my anal wall with such discomfort, I felt violently assaulted. “Take it like a man, bitch. I don’t wanna hear your pain. You deserve this, cunt.”

    He continued to assault my ass, my hole loosening up to his thick girth. I felt oddly pleasured despite my rape. Soon he forced himself HARD, his nuts pressing against my hairy taint and blew his load inside me. He cursed at me for making myself a whore and a bitch.8

    It was at that moment, another security guard entered, surprised to see his partner on top of me. “Whoa, there! What’s going on?”

    “This slut wanted to file a report for getting a dick in his mouth. He’s wasting my time so I’m getting my time back by fucking his pussy. He’s a good lay, dude. You oughta fuck him. I just creamed his cunt so slip on in and get your nuts off.” He looked at me, “Don’t move, bitch. We’re gonna rape your pussy again and you’re gonna like it.” The 

    I dared not move as he pulled his long cock out of my ass, his cum dripping out of my loose hole. His partner undressed and he too was beefy, muscular and had a long, thick dick as well. My hole was about to get another punishment.

    He stood between my spread legs and slid his cock inside me with ease. He fucked me hard and furious, my mancunt opened up loosely, my anal lips flared outward, accommodating his large size.

    “Fuck that bitch whore,” he yelled to his partner as he pounded my pussy. He kept fucking me hard until he rammed it home, shooting more cum inside my cunt. He yelled as he battered my cunt, his cum squirting out my loose pussy. He yanked it out, causing cum to gush out of me. He stuck his tongue inside me, swabbing out the load from my soaked pussy.*

    “Now get up, bitch and take your clothes with you. Dress like a slut again, you’re gonna get raped again.”

    I picked up my clothes and ran out of the office nude, startling the bar patrons who leered at me. They ganged up on me,  pulled me to a table, flung me on my back and held me down.

    “Oh my god. I’m going to be gang-raped!”

    The first guy unzipped his pants, pulled out his dick and shoved it up my ass while the guys cheered!  I couldn’t believe how the night had gotten worse! He continued fucking my ass until he rammed his cock deep into my ass and shot his load inside me. He pulled out of my wide gaping hole. The next guy whipped out his huge curved cock and slipped it inside me. His cockhead rubbed against my p-spot. I felt incredible pleasure despite being raped. I fought off my feelings while the guys held me down tighter. I felt myself cumming and I didn’t want these filthy men to see I was getting pleasure from it. I screamed for mercy as he continued to fuck my pussy. I couldn’t hold back any longer and shot my load across my hairy stomach and chest. The guys cheered again as they called me a whore, slut, cunt and other vile names. He continued to rape me as I laid there exhausted and guilty. He pulled his dick out, shot his cum all over my gaping hairy ass before he shoved it back inside me. He pulled out, causing my hole to prolapse, dripping with cum. The sight turned the men on even more. The next guy came up, pulled out his ENORMOUS cock and shoved it into my overly sensitive hole. He forced himself deep inside me when I wanted him out of me but I was restrained against these muscular men holding me captive. All night, I was sexually assaulted and raped by 33 men. I counted, remembering their faces.

    They By the time the last man raped my sloppy hole, it was near morning. The men who held me down were long gone. I was held down by my own guilt and defeat. They were right. I am a slut and a whore who deserved to be raped. My huge gaping hole was punished severely, my anal lips were thick and swollen, my sphincter lost its muscle exposing my open pink cavity soaked with cum. When he pulled out his fat dick, cum gushed out of me as he staggered for the door completely satisfied by the pleasure of my cunt.

    I slowly got off the table, eyed the bartender who gave me no assistance whatsoever and put on my clothes. My underwear was completely soaked with cum. My anal lips throbbed with pain and my hole remained open. I headed to my car and went to a nearby hospital for help.

    As soon as I arrived, I was quickly ushered to the medical room and told to strip my clothes. I tensed up immediately for fear I would get raped again. He assured me that he wanted to examine my ass for evidence, bruising, swelling, etc. He spread my legs in stirrups. I felt vulnerable and scared. He sat down on a low stool between my legs, his face level with my ass. He had a rape kit ready for my examination. He inserted his gloved hand inside my loose hole with ease. I felt violated all over again and began to cry. He assured me that I would be okay. I nodded and collapsed on the examination table. I relaxed and felt my leg muscles loosen. He was able his slide his hand further inside me.

    “Any idea how many men raped you?”

    “33.”

    He was astonished. “33 men?!”

    “Yes.”

    “That explains why your anus is completely wrecked. You have severe bruising inside and outside of your anus. Your sphincter is pretty much destroyed. There is so much semen inside you, it’ll be very hard to extract DNA evidence since it’s all mixed up. However, we’ll try to identify the rapists who did this to you.” His face softened with reassurance. I felt hopeful for the first time all night.

    “Thank you, doctor.”

    He continued his examination, probing my inner pussy, stretching my anal lips wide open. “You know, if it is any consolation, you really pleasured a lot of men tonight. You should be proud of that.”

    My jaw dropped at what I was hearing! What happened to his compassion?! He stood up, unzipped his pants and held his large dick n his hand. “I’d like to have that same pleasure, slut.” He rammed it inside my cunt as I froze up. I was being raped again. His cock slid in and out of me, clearly enjoying himself. I must be a whore who deserved to be raped. He continued his assault on my ass as I laid there in utter defeat.

    I’m a cum-slut whore.

  • The Woodland Stables

    It was the end of a beautiful summer day and the college was closed for six weeks. Plenty of time for the students to chill and relax. It had been a long drive to the English Lake District and to the private woodland owned by the father of Thomas Grey. They had access to a private boat jetty, complete with boat and acres of dead quiet private woodland away from the eyes of the world. It was going to be a great college break.

     The sun had set, the tent had been erected and the day ended, Thomas and his friends Josh and Harry settled in for the night and they dreamt of the day that lay ahead of them and the fun they were going to have.

     Darkness settled over the woodland and the sounds of nature became prominent for young Martin Fisher and Toby Matthews as they lay tightly bound, spread-eagle and naked on the woodland floor. The chains around their wrists and ankles secured their tightly outstretched bodies, fully vulnerable to the elements as the gentle breeze blew across their exposed naked flesh. They had no chance of escape and all they could do was lie in fear of what lay ahead.

    24 HOURS EARLIER

     Martin read the letter again:

     “Hello Martin, inside your locker you will find a sealed envelope, I hope you enjoy the contents. Of course, you would not want this information made public, would you? If you want to preserve your reputation and prevent expulsion from the college you have to obey these very simple instructions. You are going to spend the next two weeks on a camping trip with a few “friends”. On Sunday morning at 12.00pm you will sit on the bench outside the college gates and wait for a white transit van to pick you up. You will wear the following clothing. Boxers, Jeans, Casual shirt with buttons and a lightweight jacket. You will not be wearing shoes and socks. You will take a small backpack with you. You will be joined by Toby Matthews, who has received an identical package. DO NOT be late and make sure you have your mobile phone with you. Fail to comply and the contents of the package will go live to the world at 12.05pm”

     There was no option, Martin had to follow the instructions and figure out a way to get this problem solved before the whole world knew what he had been doing. Sunday morning came, he dressed as instructed and packed a backpack and set off to meet with whoever had sent the letter. He decided to wear shoes since he had no intention of walking almost three miles to the college in bare feet. He arrived nice and early to find a barefoot Toby Matthews sitting on the bench. He sat down next to Toby and reluctantly removed his shoes and socks and placed them into the backpack. He felt uncomfortable and vulnerable he glanced down at his bare feet resting on the cold concrete paving stones and for the first time began to fear what lay ahead. It was then that the realisation that he was not alone gave him a glimmer of hope that the next two weeks would at least be a shared experience with a very close friend. It was Toby that broke the silence, “Hey, we will get through this. Come on Tintin we are in this together” Martin smiled, even when the day ahead would take them into the unknown Toby was strong and supportive. He even used Martin’s nickname. He usually hated being called Tintin but today it sounded good.

     Martin: “You get the photo’s Toby?”

    Toby: “Yes, I got them. But it will be ok, don’t worry”

    Martin: “Why do these people want us barefoot? What the hell are they going to do?”

     Toby was just about to answer when his mobile phone began to ring. Toby answered, “Well done guys. You appear to understand the seriousness of your position. Imagine how strange you look to people driving by. Two guys almost identically dressed sitting on a bench in their bare feet. Our van will be will you in around 10 minutes and I think we need to humiliate one of you a little more in that time. Put me on speaker phone so Martin can hear my instructions. Good, now Martin please take a coin and flip it, heads or tails and tell me who wins.” The two boys gave each other a worried glance as Martin searched his pockets for a coin. Toby choose tails and Martin flipped the coin. It was tails. “Oh nice, well done Toby, you get to make a choice. One of you is going to get down on your knees in front of your friend, you are going to take his feet in your hands and you are going to kiss and lick them until the van arrives. Everyone passing by will see you kissing your friends’ feet. Just a little extra humiliation for you and fun for me. If you do not do this the next thing that will happen is notification on your phones of the video and evidence going public. So, the question is simple. Are you going to kiss Tintins feet or is he going to kiss yours? You have 2 minutes to start kissing those feet and we want to see some genuine kissing, imagine those feet are your girls’ breasts or the world gets to know.” The call ended.

     Toby looked at Martin and said “Look mate, we don’t have time to argue or debate this.” He got down on his knees and took his friends feet into his hands and began to kiss them. He closed his mind to his surroundings and kissed his friends’ feet as passionately as he could while waiting for the arrival of the van to bring his public humiliating ordeal to an end. Around five minutes later a white Transit van with blacked out windows pulled up by the bench. Martin’s mobile phone bleeped, another text message, “Go to the van and open the back doors. Climb into the van and lie down face to the floor side by side, place your hands behind your back. You have 2 minutes, GO. I will close the van doors and we will set off on a long drive. DO NOT put on your shoes and socks. We can watch you from the drivers’ cabin. Just relax and obey and all will be well. Once the van is moving you are free to sit against the sides of the van. Understood? Reply YES and then get in the van”

     The boys obeyed, throwing their backpacks into the van and complying with the instructions exactly. Once the 2 minutes had passed the boys were lying face down in the back of the van. “Put your hands behind your back”. Toby and Martin’s hands were locked in handcuffs, the van doors closed and after a very short wait the van moved off. A small light in the roof of the van switched on and the boys could see that the van was carrying a few locked chests, two tents and a good supply of camping equipment. They sat against the sides of the van contemplating what lay ahead.

     Toby spoke first. “Martin, you do realise that these people know us very well. They could be friends playing a practical joke or friends with a grudge. But they know us really well.”

     Martin: “How do you know that?”

    Toby: “Because they called you Tintin. Only your friends call you Tintin. You know each other.”

    Martin: “But WHY would any of our friends do this to us?”

    Toby: “Does it matter? They are doing this and we need to stay calm. OK?”

    Martin: “I don’t like this at all, this is way beyond a joke.”

    Toby: “Something tells me that this is no joke.”

     A small speaker in the roof of the van crackled into life “Enjoying the ride guys? (laughter). You got it in one Toby, this is no joke, and you guys better not treat it as a joke! You are wondering why anyone would do this to you, well, let me explain. Have you noticed how you two guys are so annoyingly perfect? Perfect in sport, perfect in class and everyone treats you as an example of student perfection? Well, it pisses everyone off and your attitude towards everyone is unacceptable! Two of your college colleagues have been assigned to bring you down to earth. To reduce you to servants and to teach you that everyone has had enough of your crap. The photographs that we have of you both would destroy your reputations and you would never recover. We are going to a very remote woodland location on private property. No-one will interrupt us, no-one will see us and no-one will hear us. You will be our slaves. You will serve us with manual labour and with sexual service. You will entertain us and you will suffer pain. You are paying the price laid down on you by your college peers for some of the incidents that has offended them. So, you guys have a choice. You can suffer and serve or you can walk home, barefoot of course, and you can pay the price after the images are posted. Two of your college peers are with me, Harry Lane and Joshua Field but during this time of punishment you will call them SIR. I have been asked to oversee your suffering. You will call me MASTER. Now I will leave you to think and to discuss. I will grant you privacy until we arrive at the camp site. The microphones and the camera will be turned off. See you later.”

     The small red light on the camera in the van roof went off and the boys knew that they had the privacy that “Master” had promised. After some time of silence Martin spoke first:

     Martin: “I can’t do this. How dare they do this to us?”

    Toby: “Dude, we have kinda made fun of some of the guys. Maybe overstepped and been arrogant. Tintin, we have two more years to spend with these people and we need to be one of them not above them. We have no option, we have to go through what they have in mind for us. We have to correct our attitude and accept our punishment. Besides, they have those pictures. We have no choice.”

    Martin: “So what you are saying is that we have to work our arse off working for these guys somewhere in the forest while they have a good time. And we have to call them SIR and go without shoes the whole time?”

    Toby: “I don’t think you have understood our situation Martin. I think we will be forced to go naked the whole time. That guy said sexual service and pain. That means maybe flogging or caning, it means sucking cocks and maybe submitting to anal penetration. Freaking out will get us nowhere. We have no choice other than facing it or dealing with those pictures going public. Sorry mate but what choice do we have?”

     It was a long drive and the boys had plenty of time to prepare for what lay ahead. Toby knew that what lay ahead would not be easy but he also knew that he would have to help Martin keep himself from falling apart or doing something unwise. After what must have been a few hours the smooth running of the van changed into a bumpy noisy ride as if the tyres were running on a rough gravel track. The boys knew that they were approaching their destination and after a short while the van came to a stop. The rear doors opened and the order was given to get out of the van. The boys, hands still cuffed behind their backs, shuffled across the floor of the van and out onto the woodland track. The first impression of their surroundings was the sharp stones and thorny twigs that greeted the soles of their bare feet as they stood while the handcuffs were removed from their wrists. The van was emptied of two large backpacks and the van was parked besides a wooden chalet off to the left of the stony pathway. 

     The Master spoke, “So here we are. From this point onwards, you two are our slaves. You will do the work we tell you to do, you will perform sexually to entertain us, you will be used sexually by us and you will be punished painfully and without mercy whenever we feel that you need to be encouraged to work and perform better. I have just one question, do you agree to submit or are we going to have to make this even harder? give us your answer and drop down to your knee’s”

     Toby was the first to speak, “I don’t know what to say other than I am sorry that you feel this way about us. We never meant to upset anyone and we don’t think we are better than anyone else. I don’t want those photo’s going public and if you feel so disrespected by us then please accept my apology. I would rather not have to go through what you have planned for us but if it is the only way then I will submit. You will have no opposition from me.” Toby got down on his knees.

     The Master looked at Martin and asked, “and you?”

     Martin stood barefooted somewhere in a remote woodland and all he could think of was the arrogance shown in taking him by blackmail and forcing him into enslavement. “Who the fuck do you think you are?”, he shouted. “Because I get higher grades than you and because you are jealous of me, you think you can treat me like this!”  The slave Master glanced at Toby and gave the order to “Strip.” Toby obediently removed all of his clothing and knelt naked on the pathway. The Master looked at Martin and said, “See, your friend knows when he is beaten and when surrender is the only option. No-one is jealous of you and no-one gives a shit about your grades. One last chance then we post to social media. GET NAKED and kneel down by your friend. Be wise and surrender. You have two minutes.”  It took around thirty seconds before Martin began to remove his clothes but posting to social media was not an option and so he found himself kneeling naked on the ground by the side of his friend hoping that what lay ahead would be tolerable.

     Shackles were locked around the slave’s ankles preventing fast movement but allowing walking at a slow steady pace and Toby and Martin were given large heavy backpacks to carry. “You will carry the bags to our camping site, a clearing in the woodland about a mile or so along this pathway. You will walk along the path keeping your feet on the gravel and stones. You will not at any time walk on the grass verge. You will maintain a steady walking pace and you will remain silent”, the Master said as the two boys were loaded with luggage to carry. It would be dark in a couple of hours and the captures wanted to be at the camp site with the tents erected before sun went down.  

     It was a long harsh walk for Toby and Martin. The boys walked suffering in silence as the stones and thorns dug into the soles of their bare feet. After walking for almost two hours the group came across a large rock on the left of the pathway. The rock had been painted orange and a pathway led off into the woodland at this point. “Follow the path to the left”, the Master said and Toby and Martin obeyed, very willing to relieve the pain of walking on stones and gravel to walking on the cool hard soil of the woodland path that led to the campsite. The Pathway led to a large open area that was perfect for camping. The Master outlined the area where the large very well-equipped tent was to be erected and the two slave boys got to work.

     The slave master, Harry and Joshua sat and watched their two naked classmates empty the backpacks and begin the work of setting up camp.  No-one said a word but Harry enjoyed watching his two peers working for him with their genitals dangling naked for all to see. They had good bodies and he looked forward to what lay ahead.

     Thirty minutes later and a large eight bed tent complete with covered kitchen area was erected and ready to go. The two slaves stepped away from the tent and dropped down to their knees and waited while their captures inspected their work.

     “Good work boys. Now before we get some rest, we need to get you two settled for the night. Toby, you will lie on the floor in the area marked with the four white coloured spikes and Martin in the area marked with silver spikes,” the master ordered.

     The boys lay down and were instructed to spread eagle themselves between the spikes that had been hammered and cemented deeply into the ground. Their wrists and ankles were secured by metal cuffs attached to the spikes.

     Joshua knelt down by the side of his outstretched prisoners and gently ran his hands over Martin’s chest. “Never thought you were this attractive under all those expensive clothes” he said as he enjoyed Martin’s dilemma. He moved his hand slowly down to the scrotum and took his balls into his hands. “Hmm nice balls and for the whole of this week they are mine, yes mine to do with as I please”, he said as he squeezed the ball sac really hard. Martin whimpered in pain and tried hard not to give Joshua too much satisfaction. “Yes, I am going to enjoy this. One question for you Martin, do you want to swallow my cum tonight or shall we wait a while? Well! Answer me slave boy.”  Martin answered, “I would rather wait please sir.”  Joshua smiled and gave a few lights slaps across Martin’s face and said “My cock can’t wait boy” and he walked away laughing leaving Martin to think about what lay ahead.

     The guys in the tent sat in the kitchen area and brewed a jug of hot tea. They played music and chatted together enjoying the success of their plan to take Toby and Martin for punishment. Eventually the tent lights went out and everything went quiet.

     The two slaves lay outstretched between the spikes gazing upwards into the clear night sky, the cool breeze blowing gently over their naked bodies. It was impossible for them to break free and they knew that the night ahead may be a very uncomfortable one.  The boys were aware that they were totally vulnerable to the weather and the wildlife, staked out as offerings to any passing creature who may have an interest in examining this strange sight that the woodland had to offer. Toby waited a while for everyone in the tent to hopefully be asleep before speaking to Martin.

    Toby: “Martin, how are you doing?”

    Martin: “I have always wanted to be staked out naked in a forest!How do you think I am doing? Toby, have you ever sucked cock before?”

    Toby: “Mate, you have to stay calm and control your mouth. A few times now you have said stuff that could have made things much worse. I know you are afraid and that is nothing to be ashamed of. I am scared too you know. We just have to make things easier for us and we do that by minding our mouth and doing what we are told to do. Things we don’t want to do, things that will be embarrassing or painful. But what choice do we have? And, No, I have never sucked a guy’s cock before.”

    Martin: “Yeah I know, I am sorry about my mouth. I don’t want to make things harder for you too. We aren’t getting out of these chains, we are here for the night. I feel so vulnerable, I mean my naked body just lying here for taking, you know animals and stuff. Do your feet hurt?”

    Toby “Dude the soles of my feet are on fire. Those stones are crippling. I think this spread-eagle outdoors stuff is our lot for the whole week and we are not going to be given shoes anytime soon. This is just the first night of many. I don’t think we will have problems with the wildlife, they are more afraid than we are. He is right you know.”

    Martin: “Right about what?”

    Toby: “You have a great body. You are a good-looking guy. I think I might be gay but I have never taken any steps to find out. I guess this week might solve that problem, although forced sex is still not appealing to me and pain is never a good thing. But yes, you have a great body. Sorry if that sounds bad?”

    Martin: “I have always known that you could be gay, that’s no surprise. You are my friend, gay or straight. Shame we are not shackled close enough to hold hands. It would be nice. Well this is not exactly comfortable ground but I suppose we should at least try to sleep?”

    Toby: “I want to apologise in advance. I may want to experiment with gay sex but I know you don’t. We may have to fuck each other you know. I may have to suck you off and you may have to suck me off, you know, for their entertainment. I can’t lie, I am dying to get close to you. I kinda think that I might have feelings for you. I hope that won’t ruin our friendship?”

    Martin: “Don’t worry, what are friends for (laughs) and you have a great body too. Enjoy me while you can (laughs) I won’t be offended.”

    Toby: “Goodnight.”

    Martin: “Goodnight mate and tomorrow will bring what tomorrow will bring.”

     The boys settled as much as possible for their first night under the stars and after a short while both of them fell asleep. 

    THE WOODLAND STABLES – PART 2 – Day 1

     It was 7am, Thomas, Harry and Joshua lay awake in their well-equipped tent. It had been a quiet night with no yelling and shouting coming from outside. This was a good sign. It meant that their two captives had possibly come to accept their fate.

     Joshua: “Must have been cold out there all night, naked too. Wonder if they are OK? So what shall we do with them today eh?”

    Harry: “They will be ok. A bit of cold and morning dew won’t hurt them. Remember why we are here Josh, don’t start feeling sorry for them. So how about some tea with eggs and bacon? Then we can think about the slave boys.”

    Thomas: Remember guys that we won’t be doing too much to them. Each day maybe some kind of pain infliction, some sexual stuff and humiliation. Most of their punishment is the very fact that they are naked outdoors in all weathers, with no freedom and the worry of how this is all going to end. You guys asked me to set this up for you and we are going to have some fun. Now did someone mention bacon?”

    Outside in the clearing Toby and Martin were lying awake, cold and wet soaked with morning dew. Despite their shackles and the hard ground, they had managed to get a good few hours’ sleep before the sky released a very fine mist of rain. The fine misty rain gently soaked the two naked slave boys before stopping just when the sun began to rise. The chains around their wrists and ankles secured their tightly outstretched bodies, fully vulnerable to the elements as the gentle breeze blew across their exposed naked flesh. They had no chance of escape and all they could do was lie in fear and anticipation of what lay ahead.

     Toby: “Martin, are you ok?”

    Martin: “Yes, just cold and damp. It is so fucking uncomfortable spread out like this. Can’t say that I am looking forward to a whole week of sleeping like this. Toby, do you think we will get out of this ok? I have to admit that I am scared shitless.”

    Toby: “One day at a time mate, one day at a time. Just do what you are told no matter how uncomfortable or humiliating it is.”

    Martin: “do you think they will kill us?”

    Toby: “No mate, no worries there at all. They want us humiliated and degraded. Watch your mouth when you speak to them, keep your anger under control and obey them. That’s what they want, they want us to obey and serve, take the punishment and show some humility. I think I can smell bacon.”

     The two slaves’ lay in their shackles cold and hungry listening to the friendly banter and joking coming from inside the tent. Toby and Martin had not eaten since breakfast the day before and feelings of hunger were beginning to set in. The tent entrance opened and Thomas, Joshua and Harry stepped out into the fresh morning air and stretched. Thomas walked over to where to boys were shackled and bent down and ran his hands over Toby’s naked body. “Hmm beautiful, you have a great body boy. Did you have a good night boy?” Toby knew that any comment that could be taken as being sarcastic would have been a good reason for punishment, he looked at Thomas and answered, “It was cold, wet and uncomfortable Master.” Thomas smiled, “Good boy, you even remembered to call me Master. Did you smell our gorgeous bacon and eggs this morning boy?”  Toby said, “Yes Master.”

     Master: “Now I want to remind you guys that whatever we tell you to do, YOU DO IT. No arguments, no resistance and no questions. We want OBEDIANCE without question every time. If you don’t then we will inflict pain on you. Nothing that will leave marks or scars, well maybe emotional scars, but pain that you will never forget. I am talking about pain that is additional to the pain we have planned for you anyway. So, if you want life to be easier this week then you obey. Do you understand?”

    Toby: “Yes Master.”

    Martin: “Yes”

     Thomas delivered a good hard kick to Martin’s ball sac. Martin screamed and his torso arched upwards with the shock of the sudden pain. His cock and balls were open and available for the second kick to hit the mark without any difficulties. Thomas placed his foot on Martins balls and applied downward pressure. Martin screamed and begged for him to stop.

     Master: “Let’s try that again. DO YOU UNDERSTAND!”

    Martin: “Yes Master”
    Master: “See Martin, that pain was not planned. There was no need for you to suffer it. You just could not bring yourself to call me Master, could you? You had to make a point. Well you carry on making those points and we will enjoy this next week so much more. Now if I am correct, you two have not had any food or water since yesterday morning. We need to fix that. But because you did not call me MASTER I think that your arrogance should be punished and I think Toby should suffer for your arrogance too. You need to learn that your actions and attitudes can affect your friends. SO, this morning you will both be given a very small bowl of cold baked beans, but instead of water, you will open your mouths and Harry and Joshua will piss in your mouths. You will swallow their piss. You will do this for two reasons. Firstly, because we have told you to and because if you don’t then we will be kicking and trampling those balls again. You got that? You don’t want to be responsible for Toby’s balls being kicked and trampled, do you?”

     There was a short pause before Martin answered, “Master, please, we need water.”

     Toby screamed as his ball sac took a hard kick from Thomas. There was no way he could protect his balls from the second kick and through his pain he managed to shout to Martin, “FUCKING HELL MARTIN” Thomas laughed and delivered a third kick to Toby’s balls. Martin begged him to stop kicking his friend. “Please Master, please don’t hurt him again. Please stop. I am sorry Master. Please punish me and not my friend, please.” Thomas stopped punishing Toby and he asked Martin, “would you like me to cover your friends cock and balls in honey and then cover them with ants? It would be so much fun to watch, and the squirming and begging would be joy for the ears.” Martin shook his head and said “No Sir”.  Thomas looked down at the two naked boys and said “well, we need to see some obedience and humility from you boys. Now enjoy your breakfast.”

     A few minutes later Harry and Joshua appeared each carrying a can of cold baked beans and a spoon. They were both stripped down to the waist and barefooted. Both the guys had seen Harry and Joshua naked many times before in the college gym shower block but on this day, they looked different, they looked intimidating and very eager to enjoy themselves. Harry turned to Joshua and said “Which one would do you want Josh?”  Joshua pointed down at Martin, “HIM of course”, he said laughing while undoing his trouser zip and taking out his cock. He looked down at his helpless victim and asked, “Beans first or piss first?” Martin did not want the taste of piss to be in his mouth for any longer as it had to be and so he thought that taking the beans last would be a better option. “WELL? and be polite” Joshua shouted. “Please Sir, can I take your piss first?” Martin asked as politely as he could under the circumstances and hoped beyond all hope that this was all just a bad dream. Joshua dropped his jeans and his underpants and stood naked towering over his spread-eagled victim with a grin on his face. “I am going to enjoy this Martin, I hope you do.”  Joshua knelt down with his legs spanning Martin’s body and his cock dangling just in front of his lips. “Fold my foreskin back with your lips boy, and tease my head with your tongue”, Joshua ordered. Harry knelt down and straggled Toby placing his cock close to his lips, “Let’s do this boy” he said to Toby, “Take my cock in your mouth and drink.” Toby reluctantly obeyed and Harry pissed filling Toby’s mouth with warm strong urine. Toby drank it down knowing that obedience would be the best option. Four mouthfuls of piss later Harry withdrew his cock and began to spoon feed his victim with a tin of cold baked beans. All Toby was worried about was drinking down the warm piss and the sounds of delight from Thomas as Martin caressed the head of his cock with his tongue just passed him by. Thomas was enjoying every minute of breakfast time and he fully intended to get everything he could from the mornings feeding time. “That’s cool boy now suck it” he said as he pushed his cock into the slave boys mouth. “Make me cum boy. Taste my cock and know that you are here to pleasure me.”  Thomas knew that Martin was hating each and every second of having to serve and pleasure him in this way and that only made Thomas want more and to see his naked victim squirm and suffer at his pleasure. Thomas was sensually lost in his thoughts as he face-fucked his slave boy dribbling salty pre-cum into Martin’s mouth. Finally, he came to orgasm and pumped Martin’s mouth full of sticky warm cum, “Swallow it boy and clean my cock”, what choice Martin have? He swallowed down the cum and obediently cleaned the cock as it released hot urine for him to drink. “Drink it down boy and feel blessed and honoured to take my cum and drink my piss.” Thomas withdrew his cock and spent the next few minutes French kissing his new boy. “You are mine boy and you are beautiful. Now let’s see about those baked beans.” Thomas fed the beans to his boy and placed the sole of his foot on Martins lips, “Kiss it boy. Kiss my feet and acknowledge your position as my slave.” Martin obeyed.

     After a short while Harry and Joshua untied Toby and ordered him to stand. Handcuffs were locked around his wrists and his ankles shackled together with enough chain to permit slow walking. A silver ring was placed around the base of the testicles and the order given to “WALK.”  Toby was obediently walking away from the campsite when a sudden shock of electrical power surged through his genitals. The pain caused him to drop to his knees in pain and completely disabled him. “You like that boy? If you disobey or try to escape we will fry your balls, understand boy?”, Harry asked. “YES SIR I do, please Sir stop the pain.” Harry obliged and turned off the power. “Now stand up and walk, not far left”  Harry said helping the crippled slave boy to his feet. They only walked maybe 40 feet from the campsite and Toby was handed a spade. “Dig a hole around 18 inches on each side and maybe 3 feet deep. No fucking around, just dig.” The ground was hard and the spade needed extra force from the sole of Toby’s bare foot to break the ground dirt could be moved. It was painful on the feet but Toby knew that he must comply or suffer. It took around 20 minutes for the hole to be acceptable to Harry. Harry examined the hole and said “Perfect, now crouch down over the hole and shit and piss. This hole is your toilet. Because I am being kind, you will find toilet tissues in this plastic bag, which will be left here for your use. You are both allowed to visit this hole three times each day. If you need to use the hole any more then you will be allowed to buy a visit with a forfeit of some kind.”  Toby used the hole to relieve himself and was returned and tied back down on the woodland floor as before. Martin was taken to the hole and returned and tied down. “We will see you later. We are going fishing. When we return we will need entertaining, so be ready.”

     The two boys were left lying tied outstretched while their captors packed their backpacks for their fishing trip to the nearby lake.

     For some time the two boys lay silently restrained, knowing that escape was impossible. Today had been the first morning of the rest of the week and already they had tasted a little of what was to come. They had no idea how long their captors would be gone but it was many hours before anyone spoke a word. They just lay on the forest floor contemplating their fate and passing in and out of sleep.

     Martin spoke first:

     Martin: “You Ok Toby?”

    Toby: “I suppose so. If being forced to drink piss, have my bare bollocks kicked and electrocuted and forced to shit in a hole in the ground, is an Ok experience (Pause). I am sorry dude, yes I am Ok thanks, you?”

    Martin: “I should be the sorry one. I think you are here mainly because of me. I had to suck him off this morning and swallow his cum. I think I have that to look forward to every morning. I wonder how we will be required to entertain them later?”

    Toby: “Dude, I think they will make us fuck each other after lots of foreplay and entertaining sex acts. I think we will be the entertainment while they eat. What else could they mean?”

    Martin: “Unless they want to inflict pain on us?”

    Toby: “Yes, I can see that! Are you ready for maybe a bullwhipping? Or maybe something worse?”

    Martin: “What do you think of our chances to get out of these restraints?”

    Toby: “Are you crazy? The ropes and manacles are tight. We have no hope of escape. Besides we are miles from anywhere and totally naked. How far would we get, seriously?”

    Martin: “I am sick of starring up at the sky, stretched out like this. Is the weather getting to you Toby?”

    Toby: “Fortunately the weather is quite mild but that morning mist and dew was chilly. I feel so vulnerable lying here like this. We are so totally helpless. I mean what if they just leave us here like this?”

     “THEY WONT”, came the voice of an older guy who had quietly appeared in the camp. “Let me introduce myself, you can call me Dr Joel. I am a friend of a friend you might say and I am here from time to time to look after your health. The guys want you to suffer. I will be here to patch up wounds and to make sure that you are ok and that all will be well. The guys are honourable and they won’t release those images as long as you guys suffer and say nothing. Let me take my first look at you. Wow, well you are certainly nice guys with great bodies. I hate those body builder types. You guys are normal but so sexy. I am going to take your vitals, you know temperature, blood pressure and stuff. Just to make sure that you are OK.”


    Dr Joel ran his tests and assured the prisoners that all was well. “Now listen to me guys, I am going to make sure that you will be Ok. There will be a few times when you might need some medical treatment but I will make sure that you are OK. Stay strong boys, it looks like it may rain soon so I am heading off home.”

     Martin shouted out “Wait please Sir. Please don’t just leave us here. You could set us free so we don’t have to suffer anything.”  The doctor replied “Oh no boys, I could not do that (Smile) if I did how would my son have his fun this summer?”

     The doctor left and the sound of his car starting up and driving away was all the evidence the boys had that he had left. A very light rain began to fall and the boys lay looking up into the late afternoon sky the rain gently bouncing off their naked bodies making them feel even more miserable.

     It seemed like many hours before their captors returned. The rain had stopped and the sound of happy friends returning to camp after their fishing trip filled the air. They heard Harry shout for the cookers to be fired up and the evening meal started. This only reminded the boys just how hungry they were. All they had taken in all day was a small tin of cold beans and a few mouthfuls of urine. They were so hungry and they wondered if evening meal would include food for them, but they were not too hopeful.

     Joshua and Harry stood looking down at the two naked slave boys and smiled. “Had a good day boys?”  Joshua asked. “As well as can be expected Sir”, Toby replied quickly preventing Martin from saying something stupid. Harry and Joshua stripped naked and knelt down straggling the boys bodies and dangled their cocks in front of the boys mouths. “Cum and cold tinned potatoes for your meal tonight boys, followed by a drink of water. So, open those mouths and take our cocks boys.” Harry said pushing the head of his cock against Martins

    Closed lips. Both boys opened their mouths and allowed their captors to slide their cocks in so they could be pleasured. Both boys sucked cock really well and they did all they could to pleasure their Master. It was not long before both boys were tasting pre-cum and they knew that it would not be long before their mouths were filled with cum for them to swallow. Harry managed to shoot three full loads of cum and every drop was swallowed before his cock was cleaned and sucked by his boy. Joshua managed two full shots of cum but his cum was thick and creamy and was a challenge to swallow without gagging. Then came the urine. Both boys took a full piss load of warm urine before being fed a cold tin of really hard disgusting boiled potatoes. Both boys were untied and shackled for walking and taken to the shit hole that Toby had dug earlier in the day. “Crouch and shit boys.” Harry ordered. On the way back to camp Martin was fitted with a shock ring around the base of his testicles and given the pleasure of a test shot which left him crying in pain.

     The boys were taken back to camp and sat down with their backs against tree trunks. Their hands were cuffed behind the trunk of the tree and their ankles tied tightly together. The boys could feel the warmth from the camp fire and watched as Harry, Joshua and Thomas enjoyed an amazing smelling soup followed by a plate of roasted pork ribs. “Enjoying the aroma of our food boys?”  Thomas asked with a smile across his face. “Would you like some, or is cum and cold baked beans washed down by our piss all you are worthy of? If you want some, BEG and maybe if you beg hard enough we will let you lick a rib (Laugh).”  Toby was just about to say something that could be called begging just to give them what they wanted when Martin shouted out “FUCK YOU and your fucking pork ribs, we will never beg to you!”  Toby responded “No, Please, don’t punish me for that outburst, please. I am showing respect to you and trying to take my punishment like a man. Please Masters please don’t make me suffer for that.” He turned to Martin and shouted “What the fuck is wrong with you? You are fucking naked tied to a fucking tree, you stupid knob.”  Harry, Joshua and Thomas were clearly amused at the outburst and Thomas responded simply with, “So, you don’t think we can make you beg? We will see, oh yes, we will see. Time for coffee.” The guys brewed a large jug of coffee and enjoyed a hot drink in the cool of the evening.

     The guys finally finished their meal and cleared up the plates and washed the cooking utensils before sitting down to discuss how to close the evening with their slave boys.

     Joshua: “So what do we do with our boys tonight?”

    Harry: “How about 24 lashes with the bullwhip for big mouth?”

    Joshua: “I wanted to keep the whip until later. The Doc could cut his foreskin off maybe?”

    Thomas: “Hmm circumcision without pain relief, just a knife and a needle and thread.”

    Joshua: “Then we could force feed him his foreskin.”

     The three boys burst out laughing. “But we could actually do that you know. The doc could do the cutting and stitching. It’s a simple operation. Circumcise the arrogant bastard and make him eat his own foreskin. Or maybe circumcise them both and make them eat each other’s foreskins. I am off to call the doc to see if this is possible.” Thomas said and took his phone out of earshot of the slave boys and made a call. Thomas returned and gave the good news. “Doc says it could be done. Be very painful and would need careful handling but he could cut away a foreskin in the wild if we wanted him to. He suggested for the last day of captivity so he could go back to his flat and recover.”

     Martin shouted out “What the fuck are you talking about. You can’t cut my cock are you fucking crazy? I am scared shitless can’t you see that? Guys please I am naked in a fucking forest drinking your piss and sucking you off. I can’t handle this I am afraid of what you will do to me. Please let me go, I need to go, please, I can’t handle this.” Martin welled up and tears began to roll down his face.

     Joshua looked at the sobbing boy and said, “Would you call that begging?” Harry, Joshua and Thomas burst out laughing and triggered the electro device that was wrapped around Martins balls. Martin screamed and writhed in pain and begged for the pain to stop. After a few minutes the power was switched off and the boy hung his head and sobbed. Joshua laughed and said “Hmmm he begged twice in just a few minutes. I still think doc should cut his foreskin off.”

     Harry wrapped a chain around the necks of both slave boys and secured them to the tree trunk. He released their chained hands and handcuffed them in front of them. He poured two hot mugs of coffee and gave one to each of the slave boys. “Enjoy a hot drink boys and pay attention to me. When this week is over you will both go home safely you will face pain and humiliation while you are our guests, you will serve us sexually, you will entertain us and you will treat us as your masters. You are both going home after this. You have our word. Martin, you must stop all this wailing and aggression. You need to do what Toby is doing. Accept your fate. Allow yourself to be humiliated, take our punishment like a man and be degraded like a man. Now enjoy the coffee. I will be back in 10 minutes.”

     Toby and Martin were so grateful for the mug of hot coffee and they enjoyed every single drop.

     Toby: “Dude, are you OK?”
    Martin: “I am sorry, so sorry.”

    Toby: “Relax, I know you are freaked out by this. It will be Ok.”

    Martin: “What do you think they will do to us?”

    Toby: “They have told us. We will be whipped, caned, flogged or some other kind of corporal punishment. They will fuck us. Maybe we will have to fuck each other. But we will both be Ok my friend. We can handle this. Just keep cool and remember their promise. We will both go home safe. This is a lesson to us from our peers. They don’t want to kill us.”

    Martin: “I wonder what a bullwhip feels like?”

    Toby: “I think we are going to find out sometime soon.”

     Harry returned as promised ten minutes later and Toby and Martin were pushed down to their knees, wrists locked in handcuffs and ankles chained with a short shackle and told to kneel with their heads bowed and to wait.

     They were left waiting for well over an hour, long enough for their captors to enjoy a board game and another round of coffee.  Finally, Thomas walked over and stood over the two naked prisoners and said “OK guys now listen to me very carefully, especially you big mouth because you really don’t want to piss us off anymore tonight (he said kicking Martin). This is your first night and your first physical punishment is about to be inflicted on you. It is a warm up for you. Not too challenging but not too easy to take either. He took a flogger out of a bag that he was carrying and said “This is a leather cord flogger. It has 13 tails all made with top quality leather twisted into stiff cords. When this is lashed across your back you will feel a sharp stinging sensation. It can be very painful but will only leave thin red lines across your flesh. When called forward you will stand with your legs as far apart as possible with those shackles on. You will place your handcuffed hands on top of your head. You will brace yourself for punishment and then you will ask “Please whip me Master”. We will then lay the flogger across your back. We will deliver hard fast strokes. If you move your hands from your head or attempt to avoid the flogger, the punishment will start again and you will be restrained. Toby will receive 36 lashes and Martin will receive 48 lashes. Now you have 10 minutes to prepare yourselves. Martin, understand this, we can lay on 36 lashes or 136 lashes it means nothing to us. Fuck us about and only you will suffer. I hope you finally understand. I swear I will make you stand barefoot on thorns, broken glass and stinging nettles while taking your flogging if you step out of line just once.”

     Toby waited for Thomas to get far enough away and he spoke to Martin:

    Toby: “Did you hear that my friend? Watch your mouth. Take the whipping and behave yourself. This will sting like crazy but I don’t think the pain will last. They said it was a warm up punishment. So, make sure you are ready and PLEASE obey them. Allow yourself to be punished.”
    Martin: “I have to take more than you.”
    Toby: “Yes and why is that? Because of your mouth. I can ask to take the same as you if it makes you feel better.”

    Martin: “No that’s ok. My fault not yours.”

    Toby: “Are you Ok, are you afraid?”

    Martin: “Yes, I am really shitting myself. I hate pain and I feel so vulnerable. I am not sure I can go through this without doing something I should not do.”
    Toby: “Close your eyes and go somewhere else in your mind. Separate yourself from your back and the flogger. Just let it happen.”
    Martin: “I will try.”

    Toby: “NO Martin, you have to do it. You have to man up before things get really bad. Turn your bursts of anger into defiance. Defy the pain and in doing so defy THEM. Show them that they cannot break you. Show them that you can take anything they hand out. Scream out in pain if you have to but NO WORDS. Just express yourself through dealing with the pain. They want you to fuck up, don’t give them what they want.”

     A short while later the three Masters were standing over the kneeling boys. They were stripped down to the waist and each one was holding a corded leather flogger. Joshua said in a loud determined voice “Slave Martin, present yourself for punishment.”

     Martin took a deep breath and without any hesitation he stood and walked forward. Joshua pointed to the place where he was to stand, legs astride and with his hands on his head. “You will remain standing in exactly this position during your flogging. If you move your feet, the punishment will restart. If you remove your hands from your head, the punishment will restart and if you twist your body away from the flogger, the punishment will restart. You are submitting willingly to this flogging and you will show us the respect that we deserve. You are permitted to cry out in pain. No-one will hear you. You have been allocated 36 lashes. I will deliver 15, Harry will deliver 15 and Thomas will deliver 18. We will give you a little time to prepare yourself for the punishment, a few minutes. When you are ready you are to ask politely for punishment. If you wait for more than 3 minutes we will begin without your invitation but we will deliver 80 lashes. Do you understand boy?” Martin responded with a firm “YES SIR” and Joshua started a 3-minute timer on his phone and waited.

     Martin pressed his bare feet hard into the ground and braced himself for a pain that he had never experienced before. After only 30 seconds or so he asked the question “Masters, will you please be kind enough to punish me with 48 lashes of your flogger.” He gritted his teeth and awaited the pain.

     It was decided that the flogging would be administered by Harry then Joshua and finally from Thomas. Each would give their allocated hard strokes and enjoy each and every one.  Harry took the flogger and positioned himself to lay the first stroke across Martin’s bare back. He wanted the first stroke to shock Martin into moving, he so wanted to have him standing barefoot on thorns and stingers. He started the flogging with the hardest delivery of the flogger that he could muster. The 13 braided leather cords lashed cruelly across Martins bare back and the boy screamed, but he stayed firmly in place awaiting the second lash. The lashes came hard and heavy but Martin stood his ground and suffered every one without a single insult. All three boys gave a good hard lashing and Martin stayed in place, hands on head, eyes closed for every lash. His mind was somewhere else and he had managed to distance himself from the pain. His back was covered with thin red marks caused by the flogger but Toby was right. The impact pain was stingy and very harsh but it quickly faded until the next lash contacted his skin. It was he first experience of being whipped but he had more to come and he knew that this was just an introduction.  

     Joshua spoke, “You took that very well boy. You can relax now and take your hands of your head. You will thank us and then you will be escorted back to your spikes to be secured for the night.”

     Martin thanked them for his whipping as humbly as he could and was taken back and spread out on the floor between the spikes and tied securely. He lay there listening to the whipping that Harry and Thomas were laying across the back of Toby. It was not long before Toby was tied in place and the two boys once again lay outspread naked under the mild summer night sky. Their backs sore from the flogging especially lying on the hard forest floor and their stomachs rumbling from the lack of good food. But they had got through their first day of enslavement and they knew that tomorrow would bring new challenges.

    Toby: “Well done mate, you took that well. Let’s try to sleep. Goodnight.”

    Martin: “Thanks, I could not have handled it without your encouragement. Goodnight.”

    They could hear the music coming from the closed heavy-duty warm tent that their captors were using and they longed for a mattress, a sleeping bag and more coffee but that was not to be.

      

    THE WOODLAND STABLES – PART 3 – DAY 2

     It was 8.15am when two buckets of cold water were thrown over the sleeping prisoners. They awoke with the sudden shock of the cold water drenching their outstretched bodies.

     Harry and Thomas were standing over them, “Breakfast boys,” they said. The smell of bacon and eggs wafted from the campsite but the boys of course knew that all they could look forward to was a mouthful of cum and maybe a few baked beans.

     Harry and Thomas untied Toby and dragged him up to his feet. Harry pointed to Martin spread-eagled on the forest floor and gave Toby an instruction, “Feed him your cum boy and wash it down with your piss. Kneel over him and feed him.”  Toby knew that he had to obey and he knelt down over Martin’s restrained torso and dangled his cock in front of his friends’ mouth. “Come on my friend, let me feed you. You have to suck me off and take my piss.”  Toby said but before Martin could obey, Thomas shouted “STOP. I want you to kiss first. Make out before you feed him, make it a nice long romantic experience (Laughs).” Toby lay down by the side of his friend and began to gently run his hands over Martins tightly stretched out chest. The expression on Martin’s face was one of puzzlement but Toby knew that he and Martin will have to get much closer sexually and this was the start of the process. This is what their captors wanted and they had to comply, or suffer. Toby moved onto his friends’ nipples and gently licked and sucked until Martin responded with a satisfying grown of pleasure. Toby’s left hand moved down and took Martins cock in his hand and stroked the shaft into erection. Martin’s cock got very hard and he showed no distaste when Toby’s lips touch his and the two boys engaged in some very erotic kissing. It was the best thing that had happened to Martin all week and even though he was not gay and it was his best friend kissing him, he enjoyed the experience and did not want it to stop. After a while Toby slid his erect cock into his friends mouth and groaned with pleasure as Martin sucked and pleasured him. Toby began to gently fuck his friends face and after only a short while, pumped a few cock loads of cum down his friends throat. Their eyes met and it was clear to anyone watching that the two boys had entered a deeper level of friendship. Their eyes were smiling at each other. Finally, Toby let his urine flow into his friends mouth and Martin drank it down. It was the sound of clapping that bought the two boys back to reality. Harry was clapping the slave’s performance and said “Now that was worth watching. Two slave boys finding a connection. Now Toby, stand up and go kneel in front of Thomas. He will feed you this morning.”  Toby obeyed and Thomas enjoyed feeding Toby with his cum and piss. Martin was untied and both boys were ordered to stand with their hands on their heads.

     Dr Joel walked over from the campsite holding a mug of tea and he briefly examined the boys flogged backs. He was satisfied that all was well and he instructed the boys to kneel in front of him. He placed handcuffs and ankle shackles on both the slaves and told them to pay close attention to what he was going to tell them.

     “Have you boys ever heard of the Bamasaaba tribe? The males of the tribe aged between 16 and 20 go through a ritual which marks their growth to manhood. The ritual is called Imbalu and it involves cutting away the foreskin with a simple blade. If the boy makes any reaction during the process then he will never be considered a true warrior and will be unable to partake in some of the male activities of the tribe. If the boy shows any sign of weakness or reluctance to face the ritual then he is forced to go through it and is labelled a coward for the rest of his life. Of course, the process is not carried out in a calculated surgical manner and the boys are all left with very ugly cut cocks.

     My son is considering asking me to put you both through the Imbalu ceremony and to circumcise you. I am a very experienced surgeon and trauma consultant and so my skills will be required for your circumcision, IF of course, the guys want this to go ahead. I will cut a slit in the foreskin on the upper side of your penis. This will be done using surgical scissors, razor sharp and spotlessly clean and sterile, one snip is all it will take. I then make a second slit opposite on the other side of the penis. I will then cut away the foreskin around the coronal groove using a scalpel and the edges of the foreskin will be folded backwards. I will then tie off the blood vessels using absorbable stiches or maybe by diathermy. That is, heating the ends of the blood vessels using a special medical instrument. Finally, I will stich the edges of the foreskin. The whole procedure would take about 10 – 15 minutes. Of course, I will be using no local anaesthetic. My son wants you to feel every part of the process just like the boys from the Bamasaaba tribe.This is no problem. People from the Bamasaaba undergo circumcision without pain killers and without the skill of a top surgeon and it does them no harm. My procedure will of course be much safer because I will be using surgical equipment and everything will be clean and suitable for surgery. It will take about 2 weeks for the cock to heal and so I would move you into my lodge where I can oversee the healing process and make sure that you leave with a nice new cock without any infections. In fact, I think I would put you through the procedure at the lodge rather than outdoors. I have three prison cells in the basement of my lodge. The cells are equipped with a bed, a washbasin and a toilet. That would give you the final 2 maybe 3 weeks of your summer holidays to enjoy before you go back to university. Oh, and your cock would be cut professionally and so would look good, assuming that you lie still during the process of course” The doctor went to leave but stopped and continued speaking. “My son and his friends are sadists and they enjoy seeing their victims suffer. If you boys suffer well you will have satisfied their needs and you will go home to get on with your life. If you don’t suffer well, my boy might go too far and I will have to make you guys vanish. In fact, my boy is a complicated kinda guy. He enjoys taking pain and he enjoys inflicting pain. He enjoys being humiliated and he enjoys humiliating people. Let’s not get to the making you vanish stage eh? You guys are doing well but there is more to come. Serve and suffer and everyone will be ok, Yes? I KNOW you guys can take whatever he can give and I won’t let him go too far.”  Toby and Martin quietly nodded their heads knowing that they were not in a position to change their situation. If those photographs went public it would end any chance they would have of completing university. They had no choice but to obeyand trust that the doctor would make sure that everything turned out well. Martin asked the doctor, “You were joking about circumcision, weren’t you? I mean how could I handle the pain of something like that? The doctor answered “No, unfortunately not. But if it comes to that remember that I am a top surgeon and I will make sure that everything will be ok. I am sorry guys. Your performance is key. Keep my son happy with your suffering and I will do all I can to prevent him from asking for circumcision.”

     Toby asked, “Doc, why do you help him do this? I don’t understand how a medical guy like you could help your son in this way?” The doctor sighed and said, “Yes, I know, and I am so sorry but I have to keep him from going too far and doing this every summer keeps him stable and satisfied. He looks forward to the summer torture camp. I also know that I have to find a way to stop it. He needs help but he is not ready to respond to help just yet. He knows this, there are no secrets between us. Now I must go. Suffer well boys. Use each other as a crutch, it helps.”

     Martin asked the doctor one more question, “Doctor, which one is your son?”

     The doctor looked down at the kneeling prisoner and said “I am sorry but I have to keep that to myself.” He walked away and the boys heard his car engine start and the noise of the wheels on the gravel path. They knew that he had gone.

     Harry took the boys to the shit hole and allowed them to relieve themselves. He then ordered the two boys to sit by the trees and once again they were handcuffed to their tree with their hands behind the trunks and their ankles tightly tied together. They could not escape. Harry said “You were really entertaining this morning boys. We enjoyed watching your first kiss. Hope you enjoyed your friends cum and piss Martin. Maybe you can bless him with yours tomorrow. Get ready for some more suffering later. We are going boating and maybe spend some time in a local town, watch a movie, visit a pub and maybe take in a good restaurant meal. The lake connects with two towns so we are off for another great day. We will see you later. Hope you are getting used to being naked, we are enjoying every minute. See you later”

    Toby spoke first:

    Toby: “No baked beans.”
    Martin: “What?”

    Toby: “No beaked beans, for breakfast. Just cum and piss. I hope you understand that I had to do that?

    Martin: “Yes, I know. But if I am honest, I enjoyed it. You were great. You gave me some pleasure and I would never have thought that possible. You know, to get pleasure from gay sex. Am I gay?”

    Toby: “You might be but I believe that all sexual contact is enjoyable in the right circumstances. You had no choice, so you lay back and enjoyed it. It was the best way to handle it. Don’t worry about me tomorrow. They may make you do the same to me. I will be ok. Just do what you have to do. They may want more tonight. They are going to make us fuck each other sometime this week, you know that don’t you?”

    Martin: “Yes, I know that. But Toby, if I have to be fucked by a guy then you are a great choice (Laugh). See I laughed. How can I be tied naked to a tree and laugh? Please, don’t take this wrong but, I think I will enjoy being fucked by you. In fact, I think I am getting feelings for you, you know, romantic feelings. I can tell you here and now because you can’t thump me. You are nicely tied up (Laugh). I am sorry my friend, please don’t be offended.”

    Toby: “Oh wow, romantic feelings for me eh! Martin, did you see how gentle I was with you, when I was kissing, licking and sucking on your nipples? Did you notice how passionate I was when I kissed you and did you see the look in my eyes? I love you Martin. I have done so since the first time I saw you naked in the shower. You are beautiful and I enjoy physical contact with you. I hope I get to fuck you my friend.”
    Martin: “Really? Oh wow. I have never felt like this before. Just look at you and that amazing body of yours. I love you too. WOW! I cannot believe this.”

    Toby: “They don’t need to know that we have feelings for each other. We need to keep that between ourselves. Look, my cock is erect just thinking about having sex with you. We need to control that too if we can. We don’t want to feed their fetishes. Can I ask you, did you enjoy taking my cum?”

    Martin: “I was afraid the first time I had to swallow cum. Taking their cum is rape, I hate it. Taking your cum is wonderful. I never thought I would say that to anyone. I hope I get to give you mine tomorrow, if that is ok saying that?”

    Toby: “Martin, my friend. I am longing to taste your cum, to have you kiss me and pleasure me. You are a wonderful person and I am so blessed to be going through this with you. Maybe we would have never shared our feelings if we were not forced into sex acts together and sharing naked time staked out in a forest. It is the pain that is worrying me. If that freak will cut off our foreskins what else will he do?”

    Martin: “I think the doc will see that we are ok. Something about the guy. But I am afraid too. I hate pain.”

    Toby: “If the doc is right then we could be in for some serious pain. There are ways to inflict pain without leaving permanent marks. What do you think of our chances to escape from this?”

    Martin: “I don’t see how we can escape. These guys are way too good. There is no way out of these cuffs and when we are staked out we have no way of moving our hands or feet. Those stakes are cemented into the ground and our wrists and ankles are chained to them. We are screwed. We just have to see this through. You do realise that we will have no idea if these freaks will have destroyed those images. What if they don’t? Are we going to find ourselves here again next summer or maybe during the spring break?”
    Toby: “Yes, I know. That thought had passed my mind too. Are we destined to be sex slaves and pain pigs whenever these guys want to use us? And when we are both lawyers will they have us in their pocket?”

    Martin: “Maybe we should just bite the bullet and let them post the images?”
    Toby: “Have you lost your mind? Those images will finish us at the university. Whatever happens we have to get our law degree finished before we can risk anything like that.”

    Martin: “Yes, you are right of course (Pause). Is it too early to ask a relationship kind of question?”

    Toby: “No of course not, ask away.”

    Martin: “I know this is early and stuff but. Well, we are both renting flats. We could save money and maybe move in together. I understand if that is too quick for you.”
    Toby: “There would have to be conditions. Like, you would have to spend time naked with me every day and that cock of yours would have to entertain me. No really, I would love that. Let’s do it. It gives us both something to look forward to when we get out of this mess.”

    Martin: “The big question of course, are these freaks really going to cut off our foreskins? Would they do that?”

    Toby: “I wish I could say no to that but I think that doctor is a genuine guy worried about his son and doing stuff that he really does not want to do. I think it is very likely that we will both be circumcised. I saw a documentary once about those tribesmen. It is true. They go through a cutting ceremony just like the doc said. Every male faces the blade and every one survives the ceremony. I know the whole thing is horrific but we would come through ok.

     The sound of a car on the gravel pathway told the boys that the doctor had returned. He entered the clearing carrying a few packs of sandwiches and a flask of hot tea. “I have some food for you guys”, he said. A chain was secured around their necks fastening them to the tree trunk. He unfastened their handcuffs and gave them both a sandwich pack and a mug of tea. “Now listen carefully, I DID NOT GIVE YOU THIS! Do you understand?” The boys responded with a very grateful “YES SIR” and they took the food and drink. The doctor warned the boys, “If they find out that I have fed you, you will really suffer some serious pain tonight. They will make you pay. So, this is between us. I wish I could do more for you but I cannot.”  The doctor restored their handcuffed hands behind the tree trunks and removed the chain from around their necks. He made sure that there was no evidence of the food and drink and drove away leaving the boys to face whatever the evening would bring.

     It was many long hours before Harry, Joshua and Thomas returned from their boating trip. It was quite apparent that they had enjoyed a great day out on the lake and in the towns, they had visited. They gathered around the camp fire and set it alight before getting out of their heavy clothing and cooking themselves an evening snack. Thomas looked at his watch, it was 9pm and time he thought for some fun with the slave boys. “Time for some fun with you guys again.” He said to Martin. He took a coin from his pocket and asked Toby, “Heads or tails?” Toby responded with “Tails” and won the toss. “I am going to give you a choice and the choice you make will depend on your punishment tonight. I will give you your options and then leave you both for a few minutes to chat BUT the choice will be made by Toby, he has the final say. OK? Here are your options. SOLES OF YOUR FEET or COCK AND BALLS. I will be back for your decision in about 10 mins. I need a coffee.”, Thomas said leaving the boys to consider the choice that Toby had to make.

     Martin: “It’s ok, I understand. You have no choice. No-one would choose to have their cock and balls tortured. It’s Ok mate.”

    Toby: “Hang on mate, let’s just stop and think. I think they are going to cane the soles of the feet. It’s fucking painful and I am not sure that I could take it for too long. I think that maybe they are going to use some electric shock punishment to the cock and balls. Just a guess but how can I choose without upsetting you and maybe giving you the worst punishment. Why should this be on my shoulders?”

     Martin: “How about we make him choose, but make him think that you have chosen? If he comes back to us using the path on the right, past the big tree, then you choose feet. If he uses the path on the left then you choose cock and balls? That way no guilt because HE has chosen for you. But if he comes down the left path and you can’t face having your cock and balls punished, just pass it on to me, I understand bro.”

     Toby: “Hmmm OK that sounds good. Let’s do that, and whatever we get, we get.”

     Ten minutes later Thomas leant against the big tree on the right-hand path and asked “Well Toby, are we going to punish your feet or your cock and balls?”

    Toby: “Sir, I have chosen to have my feet punished.”

    Thomas: “Interesting but boring. I was expecting you to show some mercy to your friend and hand your cock and balls into our hands. Disappointing if not expected. I mean who would take punishment on their genitals when they can receive pain to their feet. You have another choice now boy. Do we remove your toenails or do we cane the shit out those soft tender soles of yours? THINK before you answer. Which one of those punishments can you handle without making too much noise? It’s important. 30 seconds to think boy.”

    Toby: “Cane on soles Sir.”

     Thomas turned to his two friends and instructed them, “Take Martin to the restraints and get him ready.”  Martin was led away to the spread-eagle restraints and secured tightly spread eagle on the woodland floor. Harry sat down on the floor by his side and began to gently stroke Martin’s balls and wank his cock quickly bringing young Martin to full erection.  While in full erection Harry took great delight in inserting a metal sounding rod deep into Martin’s cock. Harry then fit a metal ring to the base of the testicles. Martin was now ready for the wires to be attached to the end of the sounding rod and to the testicle ring ready for some enjoyable electro torture. Josh eagerly fixed the wires in place and ran a short low voltage test just to check that all was well. A gentle flow of low voltage ripples travelled along Martin’s erect cock and Martin responded with a low moan. Josh pressed the high voltage shock button and for what must have been only maybe three seconds the high stabbing voltage caused young Martin to scream. Josh laughed and goaded Martin, “Enjoy that? Well there could be lots more ahead. But that will be down to your friend and how well he can control pain.”  Martin opened his eyes and looked at Josh and asked, “what do you mean Master?”  Josh say beside the restrained boy and gently ran his hands over the outstretched torso. “I mean Martin that I am to be denied the enjoyment of inflicting this torture on you myself. Martin, you are a beautiful young man, your body is outstanding. I have always enjoyed seeing you naked in the gym showers but to have the pleasure of caressing your body is just amazing. There is nothing I enjoy more than to inflict pain on beautiful young men and to soak up their discomfort, their pleas for mercy and the sight of naked surrender. But alas, tonight Toby will be your torturer.”

    Toby was also tightly tied arms stretched out between the two wrist restraints. His ankles had been tied together, soles sitting side by side ready for caning. Thomas was busy tying his two big toes together, preventing Toby from moving his feet apart and away from the canes and straps. Finally, his bound feet were tied to the middle of a broomstick ready for Josh and Harry to hold the feet in the air while Thomas was going to enjoy whipping Toby’s vulnerable soles and he practising switching the cane through the air. Martin lay on the woodland floor bracing himself for the pain that was coming his way in just a few minutes time. He knew that this punishment was going to be challenging but there was one thing bothering him. Why did Thomas say “Which one of those punishments can you handle without making too much noise? It’s important?”  For some reason he knew that he was expected to take his punishment without crying out in pain, or at least to make as little noise as possible. Harry looked at the two boys and said, “Just one more thing to setup and we are ready to have some fun.”  Harry sat down by Toby and put a headphone microphone on his Toby’s head. The cables from the headphone went to a black box which in turn was connected to the power control for the electro machine connected to Martin’s genitalia.

     Josh explained, “Ok guys now for the fun. This is how everything is going to go down tonight. We are going to strap and cane the soles of Toby’s feet. This may not sound all that painful but believe me it really is. The soles of the feet have many nerve endings and only light blows with a cane can inflict unbelievable pain, especially when the blows are short, sharp and quickly administered. We will be using three different implements tonight to whip your soles Toby. We will start with a rubber hose. This will warm the soles and prepare them for the rattan cane. The strokes from the hose will be a challenge but nothing like a fast-moving rattan cane. The cane will sting like hell and believe me, unless you have a high pain threshold, you will scream with each and every stroke. Finally, we will deliver a few lashes using electric cables. This will potentially be the most painful experience you will ever have in your life. But as for you Martin, we are going to do nothing at all to you. Your cock and balls are wired to an electro torture machine which will deliver pulses of electricity at varied intensity.  Light pulses that will cause the cock to be stimulated and maybe drive you to cum right through to stabbing electric shocks of high intensity which will hurt like hell. So, what will control the shocks you may ask? You will see that there is a microphone in front of Toby’s mouth. The more sound he makes as the straps, canes and cables strike his soles, the louder he will scream. The louder he screams the more signal reaches the electro control box and the more power goes through your cock and balls. Yes Martin, Toby is going to torture you tonight when he is unable to contain his pain. One more thing for you to think about Martin, You are lying next to Toby and your screams may also be picked up by the microphone. The more you scream the more chance there is of the microphone turning up the power. So, you too need to think about controlling your screams and shouts. You see a person screams in pain in order to release endorphins into the body, which are naturally occurring opiateswhich help us to resist and handle the pain. We sometimes allow a rubber dog bone to be placed in the mouth when we whip a person’s soles but tonight that would spoil the fun and the challenge. Are you both ready to release those opiates into the body and get the power flowing?”

    Martin and Toby replied, “Yes Sir”, knowing that they were nowhere near ready for what was about to take place.

     “Ok guys”, Thomas said “lift the slaves’ feet in the air.”  Josh and Harry took hold of the broomstick and lifted it to waist height. Toby’s soles were positioned for whipping and Thomas gave his soles a short massage. “Wow, Toby. Your soles are tense, we need to get them a little more relaxed ready for punishment. We don’t want hard tense muscles and tendons to reduce pain now do we? We want nice soft tender soles to beat. Have you any idea how dirty your feet are (laughs)? Come on stretch those toes and loosen up. You have a job to do tonight my friend. You have to stop that machine from frying your friends’ genitals. That means you being in full control of your body. Soak up the pain and find a way to deal with it other than by screaming and wailing. I want to read something to you from a manual of torture survival. Listen carefully now. “There is no part of the human body that does not contain nerves.  Abusing any of those nerves causes pain.  The feet are particularly sensitive, and interrogators have taken advantage of that for the purpose of torturing people for centuries.  Beating the feet is exceptionally painful. By all accounts the pain is unbearable, and there really is no way to cope with it.  In the case of foot torture, coping must continue after the initial pain wears off.  Removing your mind from the immediate perception of the lingering pain, must be of primary concern to the victim.” So, I hope that will help you. Clench your fists and concentrate your mind elsewhere other than on the source of pain, in this case your soles. Are we ready? Of course not, would we ever be ready to endure the soles of our bare feet being whipped. Oh, I nearly forgot, just one more thing to do before I start the punishment.” Thomas placed a black hood over the boys’ head. “Might be harder for you and more enjoyable for us if you cannot see when to expect the pain. We are switching on the electro shock machine and your headset microphone now, so best to stay as quiet as you can. Oh, and we may do a few other things to those lovely bare feet of yours while we have them at our mercy”

     The Doctor watched the evening punishment from a distance. Amongst all the punishment inflicted by the boys, whipping the soles of the feet always caused the loudest screams for mercy. Of course, there was no mercy on offer for the two unfortunate victims as Thomas whipped Toby’s soles with vigour using various implements. It was impossible for Toby to not cry out in agony and after each lash, every stroke across his soles delivered the worst pain he had ever experienced, and his cries of pain fired a painful jolt of electricity through Martin’s cock and balls. The next 45 minutes delivered the Doctor a symphony of screams and pleading that would enhance any torture chamber. He leant against a tree and sighed, knowing that there was no way his son would permit only one of his victims to enjoy having his soles whipped, and he was right. The screaming stopped and all that could be heard from the Toby and Martin were quiet whimpers and sobs as they dealt with the pain. Thomas lit up a small candle and allowed the flame to dance between Toby’s toes and across the balls of his feet. He was very expert at using the candle for foot torture and the intense pain was delivered without any burning. Once again screaming filled the air from both the victims as Thomas, Josh and Harry enjoyed the torment they were inflicting. The punishment stopped and Thomas said “Coffee time. I will make the coffee while Harry and Josh change you guys over. I think we should see if Martin could do better and I want to see Toby’s cock dance too.” Toby was untied first and dragged back to his sleeping place shacked spread eagle between the four posts on the ground. The electric sounding rod and cock ring were put into place while Martin was taken and secured with his soles in whipping position. The Doctor waited patiently while the torture session was repeated Martin handled the foot whipping a little better but there was enough noise to give Toby’s cock and balls a good taste of electricity. After around 20 minutes Thomas stopped the torture and ordered the slaves to be tied down for the night. This was the Doctors opportunity to check them over and see if they needed and treatment. “Good evening boys”, he said as he began to examine the soles of the boy’s feet. “Hmmm nice bruising, a few small blisters but nothing serious. That was not easy was it lads? But you did well. Of course, there was no way you could take a foot whipping without screaming out in pain. A very unfair task. My son likes challenge, he likes pain to challenge every part of your being to become the centre of your world and whipping the nice soft soles of a guy’s bare feet is a great way to inflict that upon him. Of course, your soles are dirty and already sore from walking barefoot over the last few days but still nice and soft, vulnerable, helpless and at his mercy. Your feet are Ok boys, nothing to worry about. The bruising will go down eventually. Going to be a touch more painful walking for a while buts that’s about all you have to contend with. There is maybe some good news for you tonight. We are expecting a very heavy downpour of rain, a storm with maybe thunder and lightning. I have persuaded your hosts that it would be a good and sensible precaution to have you under cover tonight. Until we meet again, goodnight”

     Thomas, Harry and Josh spent quite some time checking their tent and fixing it down more securely and making sure everything was out of the open. They then turned their attention to the two slave boys lying naked and shackled, spread eagle on the woodland floor. The weather was beginning to cloud over and the oncoming storm could be felt in the air. It took them a good 15-20 minutes to erect a good strong tent over the slaves, covering them and giving them shelter from the storm. “We need to give you some storm protection tonight. I will pop a nightlight in the tent and zip the doorway closed. No camp beds or groundsheets of course. Tomorrow you will show your appreciation for the covering and the light. Goodnight slaves.” Josh said before joining Harry and Thomas for a stormy night’s sleep. It was not long before the sky opened and the rain came down, light rain at first getting heavier as the night progressed. The sound of the rain bouncing off the tent was in some way soothing and it was not long before the two boys were sleeping.

     Thomas, Harry and Josh were lying in their tent contemplating the next few days. They knew that the weather had taken a turn for the worse and according to forecast it was going to stay rough for maybe the next week. Josh felt that a change of location was needed.  Thomas said, “We should head off for the cabin tomorrow I think. It is such a good location and fully equipped for having fun with slave boys. But most important is that we get a nice cabin with a log fire and proper beds, oh and a freezer packed with good food. Also, the path to the cabin has recently been covered with a layer of tiny micro shards of sharp rock chippings. Walking will be so painful for them. Are we agreed? Tomorrow we set off for the cabin?”  Everyone agreed and, in the morning, they would move to the cabin.

     

    THE WOODLAND STABLES – PART 4

     Come morning, the rain had stopped but the sky was full of dark grey clouds. The slave masters enjoyed a good hearty full English breakfast (or as close as possible from a camping stove) and enjoyed a nice hot cup of tea before heading off to see their slaves. Martin and Toby were still sleeping so the masters spent a little time taking down the tent that covered the two boys. They soon awoke when the cool fresh moistened air blew gently across their exposed naked bodies. It took a short while for the two prisoners to awake enough to feel the throbbing pain still evident in the soles of their feet from the previous night’s whipping. Martin let out a moan of pain followed by a plea for mercy, “Please guys, Sir’s, Master’s, PLEASE can we end this now? We have suffered and we have served please it is getting really scary now, we are afraid this might go too far. Please let us go? We can find our own way home.”  Thomas looked down at the begging slave, ignored his pleas and asked him if he was ready for a cum and cold baked beans breakfast. One by one Harry, Thomas and Josh pumped their cock juice down the throats of the two slave boys and fed them a tin of cold baked beans all washed down with a drink of piss.

     For the next 30 minutes Harry, Josh and Thomas took down their tents and packed everything away ready to move on to the cabin.

     Thomas knelt down by Martin and Toby and released their hands and feet from the spikes. After connecting the two slaves together by a length of chain around their necks, the hands and feet were once again locked in cuffs and shackles. “There is more to do, more punishments for you, more suffering. We are moving you both today. We have a long walk, hmmm shame that you are walking barefoot on whipped and beaten soles but that’s life. However, because we are nice and kind we will permit you to walk in the stream when we reach it. That will give your soles some cool relief, you can thank us later. Now listen carefully, during the walk to our second camping spot you will walk at a steady constant pace. You WILL NOT stop for ANY reason. You will not attempt to clean the soles of your feet by rubbing them on your legs. Any stone or thorn that may stick to your soles while walking WILL NOT be brushed away. You will walk without any pausing unless we tell you to stop. Is that clear?” Martin and Toby acknowledged understanding and the walk began. The five boys walked quietly, the masters enjoying the woodland walk and the slave boys coping well with the rough paths and woodland debris digging into the soft soles of their bare feet. They knew that all they could do was to endure and tolerate the hard conditions if they did not want to pay the price later in the day. They found that quickly shuffling their feet would remove small stones and other painful debris from their soles and bring temporary relief before the next stone dug into their soles making each step one of faith, hope or pain. The boys had also learnt that focusing their attention elsewhere away from the point of pain helped them to tolerate it much better. They had endured much worse over the past few days than stones digging into their soles as they walked and they knew full well that any complaints or hesitation in walking would just bring out the whips and that was the last thing they wanted. Just over an hour into the walk they came across a stream crossing their path. Martin and Toby were instructed to follow the stream to the left and to walk in the water. “A chance to cool and relax your feet boys. Much easier than walking on stone pathways I would imagine? Keep up the pace lads.” Josh said, as he guided the prisoners towards the fast-flowing stream of cool water. Toby and Martin glanced at each other knowing that they were both thinking exactly the same thought. Was the stream loaded with broken glass or other sharp objects that they would be expected to tread on? But they had nothing to worry about, the stream was crystal clear with soothing cool water. Both the slave boys enjoyed the opportunity of soaking their beaten feet and being excused the harsh pathway that they would otherwise be suffering. For the next 40 minutes Martin and Toby enjoyed the cool water as they followed the stream but took a flogger lash across the back every now and again just to let them know not to get too comfortable. It was a long 40 minutes for Martin and Toby. They walked with their heads bowed looking down at their feet as they walked. The clear water allowed them to direct their steps making sure that they would not be treading on anything sharp that they could see. They had to take the chance that there was nothing nasty hiding under the mud at the bottom of the stream. Finally, the stream was crossed by a pathway, the stream making its way under a small bridge and the walk in the stream came to an end. Thomas shouted “STOP” and the two slave boys stopped. They stood in the water waiting for the next instruction and they did not have to wait long. Harry took a coin from his pocket and explained what was about to happen. “We are almost at our woodland cabin. It is an amazing cabin fully equipped with King size beds, open log fires, an amazing kitchen with freezers full of great food and various entertainment systems. We have had enough of camping and so we decided to move so we can all enjoy some comfort. You will of course still be tied outdoors and nothing will really change for you. We do have a few interesting challenges coming up for you, the first one is about to take place. I am going to flip a coin and Toby will call heads or tails.”  Harry flipped the coin, looked at Toby and asked, “heads or tails.” Toby called “tails” and won the coin toss. “So, the challenge is for you Martin and it won’t be easy. If we walk at a normal walking pace, we are about 30 minutes away from the cabin and relief for Martin. The real reason for allowing you to walk in the water was to make your soles wet and soft. The path that you will be walking on has been covered with tiny micro shards of sharp rock chippings. Because your soles are wet these shards will stick to your soles and make walking barefoot pure torture. As usual, you will not slow down or stop. You will stop be permitted to clean the chippings from your soles and you will be expected to walk quietly, no moaning about the pain in your soles. Of course, Toby won the coin toss and so he should not have to walk barefoot on what will feel like a pathway of glass. So, you will carry him on your back. Yes, we could let him walk on the grass verge but where would the fun be in doing that. If you drop him then you will be punished. You will have a choice of starting the walk again from the start of the path or taking 12 lashes with a bullwhip. You will complete the entire walk carrying Toby no matter how many attempts you have to make. So now is the time to prepare yourself for tolerating pain and a real challenge.”  Martin and Toby stepped out of the water and stood on the grass by the side of the stream. Using a fireman’s lift Martin lifted Toby and rolled him across his shoulders. With Martin’s right hand around Toby’s legs and his left hand around Toby’s arms this placed Toby’s weight across Martins shoulders. This is the safest way to carry someone and Martin knew that he was strong enough to carry his friend to the cabin. Martin also knew that controlling your mind was the secret to being able to tolerate low to medium levels of pain. He had been barefoot now for four days and his soles had suffered much higher levels of pain than he was about to experience. This was about tolerating relatively low pain levels while maintaining a walking pace and while carrying a weight, which is a mind game and one that Martin was sure that he could handle. He took his first steps onto the pathway and began the walk. As expected the wet soft soles of his feet were covered in the tiny micro shards of sharp stone and they it felt like walking on a bed of tiny 1mm pinheads. It hurt and each step quickly became the challenge that his captures had planned for him. He locked his mind onto bearing the weight of his friend on his shoulders and mentally put his soles out of his mind. Occasionally a larger sharp stone would dig into his feet and he would shout out in pain and lose the mental lock that he had. This was not going to be an easy challenge. Each time he made a noise Harry would lay a hard-stinging flogger blow across Toby’s back. Toby would jerk backwards and Martin had to hold on tight to prevent him from dropping to the floor. Even the smallest sound from Martin would get Toby a whipping and the walk quickly became a nightmare. If he dropped Toby he knew that the price would be high. He began to expect this scenario to happen. If he could not control the pain of the chippings and the sudden unexpected pain of the larger chippings then he could him having to take a whipping with a bullwhip. He saw no sense in starting the walk again. He felt that if he did this the walk would take a very long time. He noticed that he was sweating and naked flesh carrying naked flesh began to get harder the more he lost concentration and submitted to the pain with an outcry or Toby squirmed on his shoulders as the sharp flogger strokes lashed across his back. After what felt like forever Harry shouted “Half way boys.”  Martins heart sank because he was hoping that he was much closer than just half way but he decided to turn his mind to thinking that half way is half way and if he managed to deal with the first half of the walk, he could deal with the second half. The whole game was nothing more than a mind fuck. He had to control his outward expressions of pain and tolerate the pain step by step, it really was that simple, tolerate and control. He had to inwardly scream when his soles were pierced and press on. He kept reminding himself that he was a man not a wimp and he repeated that over and over again in his mind, “man not a wimp” over and over in his mind. Each step was a step closer each sharp agonising pain was one less to deal with “not far left” over and over he repeated to himself “Not far left, there is no pain.”  It seemed like Toby was putting on weight the further he carried him the heavier he got. He realised that Toby was only whipped when he failed to control and tolerate. He failed and Toby was whipped, Toby was whipped and he could drop him, drop him and he would be bullwhipped. “Can’t happen, won’t happen, control and tolerate,” over and over in his mind. Every step became a challenge and every step was like stepping on needles with the knowledge that the next step would feel the same. The physical challenge was tough enough but the mental challenge was even harder. Eventually, to his shame, tears began rolling down his face as he fought the fight to get to the cabin. He looked down at his bare feet as he walked, looking down to try and hide his pain from the very happy slave masters. Taking the walk in the stream made this so much harder and he learnt that there was nothing merciful where Harry, Josh and Thomas were concerned. Suddenly Harry shouted “Stop and place Toby on the pathway, we have reached the cabin.”  It was over, Martin was so relieved that he dropped to the floor and openly cried like a baby. Thomas looked down at Martin and said “sort your feet out boy and get yourselves over to the cabin on the left of the path.”  Martin examined the soles of his feet and wiped away all the offending sharp chippings and stones that were pressing into his flesh. Toby shook his mates’ hand and congratulated him for what had to be a real hard challenge. He had never seen Martin cry before and he knew that he had to have been under a lot of stress, he gave him a quick hug and said “you are a good friend and a brave guy.”

     Martin and Toby were led to a place by the side of the cabin where the familiar stakes had already been secured into the ground. They lay down spread-eagle and were once again chained nice and secure while Thomas, Harry and Josh went into the cabin to cook themselves a meal. It was the first time since the walk that they had a chance to talk.

    Martin: “How are you Toby? Is your back ok?”

    Toby: “Yes mate, you did a great job I only took a few lashes”

    Martin: “Dude, you took more than a dozen all because I could not stay quiet.”

    Toby: “You were great my friend, don’t blame yourself”

    Martin: “What next? This is getting too much? We can’t go on like this.”

    Toby: “We don’t have a choice mate. They have us by the balls with those photographs and we are naked in chains in a private woodland somewhere. What can we do to stop it? We have to let it play out. We have no choice.”

    Martin: “Yes, and surviving on a tin of cold baked bean and their cum for food. I am starving.”

    Toby: “They have to feed us soon surely?”

    Martin: “Really? You think they care that we are starving?”

    Toby: “I don’t know but we can survive. I have a feeling that the next challenge will be coming my way. They have tormented you all morning, it has to be my turn next.”

    Martin: “Sadistic bastards. Our suffering is a turn on for them. They enjoy seeing us in pain. They get off on this.”

    Toby: “Well, we are helpless my friend. Nothing we can do about it. All we can do is obey and suffer. Let’s hope that we satisfy them.”

     Three hours later the three slave masters stood over the outstretched slaves and asked the question that Martin and Toby had been waiting for. “Would you guys like to enjoy a nice hot bowl of soup and a hot chicken sandwich?” Thomas asked. Toby replied, “Oh yes please Sir. Thank you, Sir.”  Harry gave a little laugh and said, “Don’t thank us yet, you have to earn it first. We have a nice challenge for you Toby, it will only last for 15 minutes and if you both pass then you can both have some hot food, yes, we figure that where food is concerned both of you should play a part. Fail and all you get is a tin of cold baked beans and a throatful of cum, as usual.” Martin was unchained and led over to one of the trees that surrounded the cabin. The tree was equipped with a winch which had been fixed to a strong thick branch of the tree about 12 feet off the ground. The equipment was powered by buttons at the base of the tree. Martins hands were tied together and the hook on the winch line was lowered. The hook was locked around the ropes securing the wrists and Martin was hauled upwards until he was standing on tiptoe. His feet were spread wide and secured tightly with ropes around the ankles secured to metal hoops in the ground. “Almost ready, just one more thing to do” Harry said as he secured one end of a 8-inch chain to the metal ring that was around the base of Martins ball sac. Martins cock and balls were dangling helplessly at the mercy of anyone who wanted to play. Toby was dragged over to where Martin hung suspended from the tree. His hands tied tightly behind his back he was told to lie down on the floor with his feet underneath Martins legs. His ankles were tied together and a strong double opening clamp fixed to the rope.

    Joshua explained what was going to happen and what the challenge was that they were about to face. “So, we have an interesting scenario here (smile). You guys would like to enjoy some hot food and we are happy to provide, on condition that you pass our simple challenge. Martin is nicely hanging from his wrists, his legs wide apart and a chain hanging from his bollocks. Toby is lying on the ground face up with his hands and ankles tightly tied together. The challenge is a simple one. You have to remain totally silent for the next 15 minutes. Simple. One sound, just one small tiny little sound leaving your lips and it will be baked beans and cum instead of hot soup and chicken sandwiches. A really simple challenge. There will be of course a few distractions designed to make you squeal. Let me explain what they are and how we will carry this out. Toby’s feet will be raised to just under Martins balls and the chain that is attached to his balls will also be attached to Toby’s feet. Harry will hold Toby’s feet in this position until we are ready for the contest to begin. We will then attach very sharp tight-fitting nipple clamps to Toby’s nipples. The long chain connecting the clamps will then also be attached to Toby’s ankles. We will give Toby a little time to get to grips with the pain from the clamps and when he is silent Harry will let go of his feet. If his feet drops more than a few inches Martins balls will be pulled downwards causing pain. But the action of lowering the feet will also pull on the chain connected to your nipples Toby, causing you pain.  So, Toby, you will have to handle the muscle pain relating to holding your feet in the air for 15 minutes and trust me that is a huge challenge, if not impossible. If you fail then you will have to deal with the pain from pulling on the nipple clamps and Martin will have to deal with the pain of the metal ring pulling on his bollocks. Martins second pain challenge is to deal with the pain from a 15-minute flogging on the back with a medium weight flogger. He may also find that because he s strung up on his tiptoes that the rope around his wrists may also start to cause discomfort. If either of you make as much as one single sound after Harry has released Toby’s feet then you will have lost the challenge. You won’t be able to hold your feet in the air for 15 minutes, so it is pain toleration we are talking about here but you really do need to keep those feet up as much as you can otherwise Martin’s manhood is going to take a huge hit. Oh, by the way the chain attached to Martins balls is 8 inches in length and your feet are much higher than that! Don’t go ripping his balls off, now will you?  Any questions?” No-one said a word. “Martin had experience earlier today of fighting the urge to cry out in pain and now Toby it is your chance to gain the same experience. I have a feeling it will be cold baked beans for you tonight. You will suffer for 15 minutes regardless of how quiet you manage to be. You really won’t be enjoying that hot food, shall we proceed?”  

     Harry dragged Toby so his bound feet were positioned underneath Martins dangling testicles. He took a nipple erector and extended Toby’s nipples so they were erect and ready for the clamps. The clamps were strong with a tiny pinhead that would pierce the nipples when they were in use. The moment the clamps closed and the tiny pin made itself known. Toby’s reaction was a painful intake of breath. It was obvious that it was not going to be easy for him to handle the pain. Like most people Toby had never experienced nipple clamps before and did not expect the sharp almost stinging pain that they administered to a very sensitive part of the body. After a short while he got to grips with the pain and managed to control it in his mind but of course there was more to come. Harry took a hold of Toby’s bound feet and raised them into the air around 6 inches underneath Martin’s balls. He took the chain dangling from Martins balls and attached it to the clasp that was attached to the ropes around Toby’s ankles. Harry shouted, “Get a grip on any pain, be silent and Toby, hold your feet up.” He waited for silence from the slaves and he let go of Toby’s feet. He said, “15 minutes from now,” and the game began.

     Thomas headed back to the cabin and made himself a nice hot mug of tea. Harry and Joshua could easily oversee the afternoon torment session. Joshua was laying a flogger across Martins back. From where he sat the guy appeared to be handling the flogging quite well and could be suffering more from the rope around his wrists. Harry was listening for that tiny sound that would stop the slaves from eating that evening. This was the first time that he had been involved in anything like this and he was beginning to get worried about how it would all end. He sat and watched poor Toby desperately trying to fight the pain in his legs, which would soon turn to cramp, as he struggled to keep his feet in the air. It too less than 5 minutes before one of the slaves let out a small cry of pain and the evening meal was lost. The punishment challenge however did not stop until the 15 minutes had passed. It was Martin who cried out in pain when his balls were pulled too far downwards Toby could no longer hold his feet at the right height. Of course, within seconds he was once again lifting his feet and bringing relief to Martins balls, only for the predicament to start all over again.  When the 15 minutes were over Toby was released from the nipple clamps and ball chain and sat down on the woodland floor, hands still tied behind his back. Harry said, “Martin, you let the team down today. If you could have held in the expression of pain, you would be eating a hot meal now. You will be punished overnight for your failure.” Martin was released from his suspension and taken behind the cabin where a pillory restraint was waiting for him.  “Head and wrists in the pillory Martin, NOW.”  Martin bent down and placed his head and wrists into the pillory as ordered and knew that a very difficult night lay ahead. The pillory was closed and the wrist holes adjusted so that Martin could not get free. “We will be feeding you soon. Enjoy the Pillory” Thomas said.

     Harry headed back to the cabin to make a few phone calls while Thomas and Joshua fed the slaves a tin of cold baked beans and a throatful of cum.

     Harry, Thomas and Joshua remained in the warm cosy cabin until 8pm when they decided that a drive to a pub for a pie and a pint would be a great way to close the day. Before they drove away they checked that Martin and Toby were secure. “Well we are off to the pub for a pie and few pints. Oh, you may get a few visitors while we are gone. Just a few of our workers looking to fuck some arse and a blowjob. Enjoy your evening guys.”

    The slave masters drove away. It was about 30 minutes later when 6 guys wearing balaclavas arrived looking to have a good evening with two naked slave boys.

    THE WOODLAND STABLES – PART 5

     Overnight the rain clouds opened and there was a gentle drizzle of light rain throughout most of the night. Toby lay on the floor spread-eagle, chained and vulnerable as he was the evening before when he was at the mercy of the six visiting men. He had a spider gag which was keeping his mouth wide open, making it easy for the visitors to face fuck him ramming their cocks down his throat without the ability for him to resist. There was a sounding rod inserted in his urethra and a number of very thin extremely sharp needles still sticking in through his nipples. Cigarette burns were on the soles of his feet and flogger marks across his chest.

     On the other side of the cabin Martin was still locked in the pillory. It was hard to know if he had any sleep. It could not be easy to sleep while restrained in this device and he must be suffering muscle pain being bent over at almost 90 degrees. He had a large dildo pushed firmly up his arse he also had a device fit that prevented him from closing his mouth. He would have been fucked by maybe all six visitors and would have swallowed a lot of cum during their visit. His back was covered in thin welts from a whipping and there were obvious cane welts across his backside.

     Both the slaves were set free from their overnight restraints and cleaned up from the night before. “You are lucky Toby. Sometimes our workers like to use a barbed sounding rod. They tear the inside of your urethra to shreds when pulled out. Your lucky day.” Thomas said as the dildos, nipple clamps and other sex toys were removed from the slave boys.  They were placed in simple handcuffs with their hands cuffed in front of them.

     They were taken and allowed to enter the cabin and told to take a seat at the kitchen table. The warmth of the cabin and the soft carpet under the soles of their feet gave hope that this was good news. Harry said “Sit down at the table. You need a good hot meal.” Thomas placed a large plate in front of the slaves containing a full English breakfast. “You have had a hard few days and clearly last night was a tough one for you both.  But you were both bought here to suffer and so far, we are pleased. We know last night was maybe your worst. Buggered, whipped and tortured by our work crew. So, you deserve a good meal today. After all, we need to make sure you are ok for what is to come.”  Toby and Martin enjoyed a good meal knowing that it could be their last before this whole thing came to an end. Harry said “So today we are going hiking up a mountain pass and we will be out for most of the day. We aim to be back here maybe between 6pm and 7pm. So, for the rest of the day you will both be locked in pillory stocks and left for the workforce to enjoy. This evening you have to entertain some guests, so do your best to stay in good condition. Yes, I know that our guys will fuck you again and have some fun but tonight is an important evening and we expect you to perform well. So, have a good day.” Toby and Martin were led away and locked securely in pillory stocks. Their mouths, anus, genitals, nipples, back and backside were all vulnerable and everyone knew that the workforce were going to have a great day enjoying themselves with the two naked prisoners. With backpacks loaded for a great day of hiking with the doc, Harry, Thomas and Joshua set off, leaving behind two guys who had already experienced the workforce dreading what lay ahead.

     It was not long before the workers arrived. Again, they were wearing balaclavas so as to protect their identity. They spent maybe 15 minutes slapping Toby and Martin across the face, really hard. Then the spokesman for the workers said, ”We will be working until midday then we will spend some time with you and have some fun. But we don’t want to deprive you while we work. So, we will set up something to keep you thinking about us.” Silicon rings were put around the cock and the base of the ball sac and a metal probe inserted into the anus. A power box was attached to the side of the pillory and wires connected. The device would apply a few minutes of high power but safe electro shocks to the boys cock, balls and anus at 20 minute intervals throughout the day.

     Out on the hiking tracks Harry, Joshua, Thomas and the Doctor were having a good time. They had agreed to meet for lunch with 8 of the workers from the woodland and were heading to a favourite pub for a good pub lunch. The doctor was good friends with the pub owner and so had access to a private room at the rear of the building for him to use. It was a good lunch and everyone was in high spirits when the doctor said that he needed to bring this weekend to a close and he wanted to go over the details. He said, “Ok so as we speak we have a team of workers giving Toby and Martin their final day of punishment. We did intend to keep them for seven days but something has come up and we need to finish early. Last week I was contacted by a Middle Eastern gentleman who represents a group of incredibly wealthy people from around the world. These people have the ability to keep slaves in their very private and expansive homes. The slaves would of course be used for sexual gratification and for the enjoyment of watching and administering all kinds of punishments, but they would also have daily routine of chores to perform for the Masters household. These gentlemen will be flying in tomorrow to attend a slave auction, where we will auction our slaves to the highest bidder. It is expected that a good, fit and good-looking guy under the age of twenty-five could easily sell for between £50,000 and £125,000. Problem is that there are a few things that we need to get done before 6pm tomorrow evening. Right now, our team of workers back at the woodland are converting the woodland summer house into a sales venue. Nice carpets, gorgeous lighting, tables and chairs for us to serve food, a stage for the auction with slave posts for us to chain the slaves to for inspection and a PA system so everyone can hear the auction. This modification to the summer house will mean that we can seat up to thirty delegates with a stage and buffet area. The second problem is that they want us to auction four slaves, which means that we need to get a few more, but I already have a solution to that one. If the slaves are auctioned professionally and they enjoy our services then this could become a regular event. Maybe we hold a slave auction every twelve weeks. The transportation of the purchased slaves will be arranged and co-ordinated by our buyers. They have access to means of transporting people without fear of being caught. This would mean that the boys we take, train and sell, would just be another statistic on the missing persons list. When they are no longer of service to their masters then they would be suitably disposed of and replaced. The thing is that in the eyes of the buyers there are two types of slave boys. First there are the boys who have had some training in serving a Master. Martin would fit into this category (just) while other boys have just been taken off the streets, stripped chained and sold. Some people prefer boys who have had no training so that they can train them the way they want them to serve and behave the way they want them to behave. We are going to make some serious money. We have the perfect set up. We have a remote woodland location for slave training and before the next auction we will have a really nice venue built deep in the woodlands for us the use for auctions. I have a staff of people who are loyal and very well paid. We have something good happening here.”

     It was Joshua who signalled that he wanted to ask a question. He said, “You mentioned that you have Martin to auction but you did not mention Toby, is he not good enough?”

     The doctor responded, “Yes for sure Toby is good enough to sell. But what father would sell his own son into slavery?”

    Harry, Thomas and Joshua looked at each other with shocked looks on their faces. Joshua said, “TOBY IS YOUR SON? What the hell! Why would you put him through that?”

    The doctor explained, “Toby has a deep-seated need to be sexually used and tortured. This is a way to fulfil his needs and keep him safe at the same time. I am a multi-millionaire and can make this happen for him. Yes, I know what your next question is. Why would I want to make more money by selling slaves? Well, I have a deep desire to make as much money as I can. I have a loyal staff, most were recruited the way I recruited you. They are paid well and looked after. I was going to offer you three guys jobs too but I have had to change my plans.”

     Thomas said, “We would love to work for you doctor and we would be loyal”

     The doctor responded, “Yes you guys would be great on the team but since I will be selling you into slavery tomorrow, I can’t see that happening.” Harry, Thomas and Joshua screamed out in pain as the 50,000 volt taser took them to the floor. Before they knew what was happening their hands were cuffed behind their back and each one had a guard who took charge of them. “Always easier to control cuffed prisoners. Now you have to accept your fate guys or things are going to get very uncomfortable for you. You will be taken back to the woodland stripped and imprisoned in our cell block. Tomorrow you will be displayed naked for the delegates to inspect. You will be joined by Martin for this of course. Then after our guests have enjoyed a meal, you will all be sold to the highest bidder. I strongly suggest that you co-operate fully. If you don’t, you will be sold anyway and treated as hostile. This will prove to be extremely painful for you and make your enslavement so much harder. The guys looking to buy themselves a new boy are not people to mess with. I have £314 million in the bank and these guys make look like a beggar. There is nothing they cannot make happen, including a very long torturous death for slaves who resist the inevitable. You are slaves, your past life has gone and you are about to enter training with your first Master. That is what it is and nothing will change that. So overnight you need to decide how you are going to handle this. Will you resist and die or comply and serve? Know one thing, the slave Masters are not to be messed with. Obedience will mean that you live a new life in slavery, working, sexually serving, accepting punishment for failure and entertaining. Resist them and eventually you could find yourself nailed to a crucifixion cross, being burnt alive or maybe being fed to lions. Nothing is impossible with these people. They have no mercy, no compassion and no interest in slaves who refuse to accept their fate.”

     The three boys were on their knees taking in the information knowing that there was no way out of the situation they were in. Before anyone could say anything, the boys felt the sting of an injection needle going into their necks. The world began to go out of focus and the boys collapsed unconscious on the floor.

     About an hour later they began to slowly come back to consciousness. They awoke with a thumping headache and blurred vision. It took a little time for them to realise that they were totally naked and chained firmly to a wall with a 1 metre chain shackled to their ankle. Their hands were cuffed behind their backs. Once the medication had diminished enough for them to be clear about where they were, they could see that Martin had joined them in the cell. There was no sign of Toby. 

     Martin spoke first, “What the hell is going on? Why are you naked and chained? Where is Toby?

     Joshua: “Toby is not who you think he is. He is the son of that doctor guy. He has a fetish for being raped, used, tortured and all that shit. This whole thing was set up to entertain him. He also enjoyed seeing guy’s going through the same shit and so he involved you. We were all broke and in need and we were offered £5000 each to work for the doctor over a couple of weeks in the summer. Now we are also facing enslavement.”

     Martin: “But he can’t keep us enslave forever! He can’t get away with this.”

     Harry: “Yes but you don’t know the worst bit. Tomorrow all four of us are being sold at a slave auction to incredibly wealthy people. We will vanish from the world and enter into service as slaves somewhere in the world.”

     Martin: “What? I am going to be sold into slavery to a powerful guy who will use me for sex and labour? Is that what you are telling me?”

     Harry: “Yes, that’s about it. We are fucked. We have been told that these people are so rich that they own huge estates with their own guards and stuff. If we serve well, we may be sold again when our Master has had enough of us. But, if we are a pain for him then we would more likely be killed. Crucified, burnt alive or fed to lions was the suggested methods.”

    Thomas: “Dude, we all owe you a huge apology. We treated you so badly for £5000. So sorry dude. We actually deserve this, you don’t.”

     Martin: “Yes not nice as you will find out! But, no-one deserves this. Toby, the little cunt, he planned to get me kicked in the balls. Did you enjoy kicking a naked helpless guy in the nuts? It hurt man.”

    Joshua: “We deserve everything you say Martin. We don’t have an excuse. SHHH, I hear someone coming.”

    The door was unlocked and the doctor entered the cell. He examined the boy’s cocks and looked pleased. “Great news, two of you are circumcised. That will save me having to cut any of your cocks. Chin up boys, a new life of slavery awaits. I would STRONGLY suggest that tomorrow when the buyers are inspecting your bodies, you comply fully. You can do NOTHING to stop yourselves from being sold and the person buying you may be a sadomasochist who will enjoy seeing you in pain. Accept your new slave status, obey and behave. Show your new master some reverence and SERVE HIM. If you do this then you will have a decent enslavement and as comfortable a life that you can get, but if you are volatile, disrespectful, lazy and downright awkward then you boys are in for a life of HELL. See you tomorrow.”

     Thomas: “Fuck this, I am not going to be a rich man’s slave. No way, no way.”

    Martin: “Dude, you have no choice. When you guys took me prisoner you quickly got me to obey you by inflicting pain. BUT, you were holding back. These guys will use whips that will cut into your flesh. They will do horrendous things to you that we cannot even imagine. In their eyes you belong to them. There are no police to cry to, no-one who will set you free, no-one who will manage the activity to keep you safe. You are their bitch period. These people can pay £50,000 for a slave or £50,000 for someone to burn alive on a bonfire during a BBQ. They don’t care. The ONLY way we are going to have a life that we can tolerate is to obey and accept slave status. Sorry but that is how it is. You are naked and chained my friend, HOW are you going to avoid this? There are guys out there who will track you down before you could clear woodland. Which way would you have to go to clear woodland? Trust me you won’t be able to run fast barefoot, not in this woodland. They have dogs that will hunt you down. When they catch you, they will sell you anyway, maybe after giving you a bloody good whipping. You are fucked mate. Accept it. We are all fucked.”

     The prison door opened again and a guard entered the cell with food for the slaves. It was good food. Clearly the doctor wanted them not to be hungry when they were being inspected tomorrow.  “It’s 8.30pm boys and the light in this cell will go out at 11pm. You will be woken at 9am and you will be given breakfast. You will be showered. You will then be shaved of all your pubic hair. At 1pm you will be taken to the Auction room and chained to your sales post. The post will have your name so the buyers know what to call you if they choose to speak to you. If they do then you address them as either SIR or MASTER. You will not react negatively when the buyers inspect your body. They have full access to inspect you in any way they wish. At 4pm. The buyers will arrive and enjoy a sit-down meal. The meal will be over at 5.00pm and drinks will be served. The auction will start at 5.30pm. One by one you will be auctioned and sold to the highest bidder. Once purchased you will be taken and secured in the buyer’s vehicle ready for transportation to your new home. We expect you to behave BUT if you don’t then the only person who will suffer will be you. See you in the morning.”

     Harry: “I see only one way to save ourselves from a life of servitude and sexual abuse. We did to die.”

     Joshua: “Are you suggesting suicide?”

     Harry: “Yes. What else can we do?”

     Martin: “We can man up and face what lies ahead and hope that we will find a way in the future to get away from this shit. That’s what we can do. Besides, there is a camera in this cell and guards outside. Right now, we are worth a lot of money and no one is going to let us roll over and die. Forget it. You are just saying that because you are afraid of tomorrow. Well, I was afraid when you made me strip, when you fed me your cum, when you whipped the soles of my feet and during all that you had a fucking stupid smile on your fucking stupid face. So, is it ok for me but not ok for you? Karma my friend fucking karma.  Now you know what I was going through. Being someone’s slave is much better than the death that I was expecting at your hands. I was convinced that YOU would kill me. I was terrified every time I heard you approach me while I was chained down naked and vulnerable. But that did not bother you then, did it? Now it’s you chained naked in a cell, all we get is poor old me. Tomorrow we will be sold into slavery and that is it. Fucking nothing we can do about it. So, enjoy your life with another man’s cock down your throat and up your arse, with his whips cutting into your flesh, with your lips caressing his bare feet in worship and with you being used to entertain his guests. Is that not what you have put me though? Man up and take what you give out. I hope you get bought by a guy with a huge cock that will rip your anus to pieces and be rammed deep down your throat. (Started to cry), you destroyed me and now we all face the same fate but for real. No play whippings or play sex, everything for real, for fucking real.”

     Thomas: “Martin, you are right and sorry does not cover it. But it is all we can do, say sorry. Now we face an uncertain future in captivity. I hope that you guys all get a good Master who is fair and responsible.”

     Martin: “Yes, I know. I have to forgive you guys for my own sake. Shall we try and rest, tomorrow is a life changing day?”

     No beds, no pillows or covers of any kind. All they had was a stone-cold floor and their own arms to rest their head on. Sleeping was not easy but eventually it came to each of the slaves and at 11pm the cell lights went off.

     

    THE WOODLAND STABLES – PART 6

     The summer house conversation had turned out beautiful and later it would house the doctors first slave auction. He had planned to replace the summer house with a new building. The building would be a purpose-built luxury venue for housing the slaves in a cell wing, a conferencing room with a stage for the auctions and eight opulent bedrooms for the guests to stay in. It would also have a separate slave inspection room where the buyers could spend time with their prospective new slave boys. It was an exciting expansion of the doctor’s business empire and one that he was going to get great enjoyment from. Maybe he would even consider owning his own slave.

     The slaves were given a good breakfast and a hot shower before being taken to a room to be groomed ready for sale. Each had their own guard equipped with tasers and restraints if needed. The slaves knew that there was no way to escape and any attempt would be a painful waste of time. Hair tidied, body hair trimmer or removed, cock and balls cleaned under foreskin, nails trimmed and cleaned and finally body oiled. They were taken down the pathways to the sales venue. On the stage were four poles with signs on the top describing the merchandise.

     Pole 1: MARTIN: New slave age 19. Small amount of experience. Sensible and compliant. Uncut cock. Good looking with gay tendencies. Has given sexual services. Minimum asking price £65,000

     POLE 2: HARRY: New slave age 21. No experience of enslavement. Appears to be sensible. He has a really nice cut cock. Good looking guy. Gay sex virgin. Minimum asking price £65,000

     POLE 3: THOMAS: New slave age 20. No experience and is resistant to enslavement. Training may need to be firm and demanding. Gay sex virgin with uncut cock. Good looking guy with an attitude. Minimum asking price £45,000 due to more training being needed to iron out an attitude problem.

     POLE 4: JOSHUA: New slave age 18. No experience of enslavement. Appears to be sensible. Gay sex virgin with beautiful cut cock. Good looking. Minimum asking price £65,000

     The slaves were chained to their poles, hands chained to a metal ring at the back of the pole.

     One of the guards gave the slaves their final instructions, “You will stand still with your feet side by side. When you are being inspected by the buyers you will be 100% compliant. Any violent or disrespectful behaviour such as bad language, speaking without using Sir or Master, spitting, kicking or any other similar behaviour will result in very unfortunate disciplinary action. I hope you take this warning seriously, for your own sake. You will remain silent unless spoken to. You will always stand up straight, no slouching. You will keep your heads up, no looking down. Because you have walked on a dirty path to get in here, we will clean the soles of your feet before letting in the buyers in around 20 minutes. Do you all understand?”  The slaves all responded with “YES, SIR.” People arrived with bowls of water and scrubbing brushes and scrubbed and dried the soles of the slave’s feet. They were now ready for inspection.

     Around 20 minutes later spotlights were turned on above the slave poles, highlighting them to the entire room. After a short while six men who were clearly the buyers entered the room and began their inspections. An American buyer appeared to be very interested in Harry. He ran his hands over his body, pinched his nipples and watched the reaction, squeezed Harry’s balls and lifted his feet and inspected his soles. The American spoke, “You look like a nice boy, would you enjoy having my cock in your mouth boy?” Harry responded quietly and respectfully, “Sir, I have never sucked a cock before. I was taken yesterday and have no experience of any of this. But I would do my best to please you Sir.”  The American responded, “Hmm honesty, I like that. Only taken yesterday eh, I would be resisting and fighting like hell, why are you not doing that boy?” Harry looked at the American and asked, “Is it really worth doing that Sir? I don’t think so Sir. I think that there is no way out of this for me? I am a slave now and I have to try and embrace that, Sir” The American looked impressed and said, “You are open and honest boy. Don’t worry about embracing enslavement, our whips and training methods will help you with that.”  Harry said “Yes Sir” and the American moved on to take a look at Martin.

     A Scottish slave master was taking a look at Thomas. “Oh according to your write up you have an attitude problem, tell me more boy”  Thomas looked at the master and replied. “You think that I have an attitude problem? You are the one buying slaves, thinking you are better than everyone else. You are so fucking weak that you need an enslaved guy to pleasure you because you can’t do it yourself. Fucking scum that is what you are. Put your cock in my mouth and will fucking bite it off you perverted piece of shit.” The Scottish buyer looked at Thomas and smiled, “If I buy you boy, and I might, I will be buying you for one purpose only. I will put you to slow torture that will last for weeks. You will suffer each and every second of every day I allow you to breathe. I will be buying you in order to see how long you can stay alive under extreme treatment. If I did not have respect for the seller today I would slice your balls off right now and make you swallow them. But, I can wait for that. Can you wait for me to peel the skin off your body, to peel your cock with a potato peeler, for me to blind you with a soldering iron and for me to slowly feed you to my dogs, one limb at a time and then for me to mount your head for my wall and burn your torso to power my BBQ?” You don’t want me to buy you boy.”

     After a while the buyers took their seats and the auctioneer took the stage to begin the auction. The auctioneer was none other than Toby, the doctors son.

     Toby began the auction. “Good afternoon everyone, it will be my pleasure to oversee this auction today. I myself have subservient tendencies and have recently worked and served with the boys you see on sale today. Are there any questions you would like to ask me today about serving with these boys in order to help you decide who to bid on?”

     The Scottish buyer asked, “Is Thomas always a rude arrogant little shit who needs to know the meaning of extreme pain?”

     Toby answered, “Sir, Thomas is a guy who will always respond before stopping to think. Yes Sir, he will need some extreme training but I do believe that once bought to heel, he will serve well. He is the boy on stage who will need more training than the other boys on offer.”

    A Syrian buyer asked, “If I was to purchase a boy would your medics we willing to remove his balls for me? I like my boys to be eunuchs.” Toby answered, “Of yes sir of course we could castrate him for you.  We have a full surgical team and theatre on site. Would you like us to dull the pain of castration or would you like your new boy to feel the removal of his balls?” The Syrian gentleman answered, “I don’t really care as long as you deliver me a boy with no balls. Thank you, very helpful and a great service.”

     Toby said, “Shall we begin gentlemen?”

     The spotlights above Harry, Thomas and Joshua were switched off and Martin was the only slave illuminated on the stage.  Toby began he sale of Martin, “Martin and I served together. For those of you who enjoy a guy’s feet, Martin has gorgeous feet that has and can take a good whipping when necessary.  He is a lovely guy and very responsive, obedient and submissive. Can we start at £65,000 please?”  The initial £65,000 was offered immediately but there were two other people in the room who wanted to add Martin to their slave stock and the price continued to rise until a final selling price of £175,000 had been reached.

    Martin was removed from stage and taken away to be prepared for transport to his new Masters home.

     The auction was a great success. Harry was sold to a wealthy Indian industrialist for £138,000, Joshua was sold to the Syrian buyer and after castration was delivered to his new master while a deal was struck with the Scottish buyer. He would be paid ££50,000 to take Joshua and train him for slavery over the next few months. Joshua would then be returned to the auction house and put back on sale. 

     Before Martin was taken away Toby paid him a visit to try and clear the air as much as possible. “Martin, I am sorry it went this way. I used you and now have sold you. You are. A great guy and     I hope that your future in slavery will not be too harsh. Goodbye my friend.”

     Over the next few months the new “Woodland Stables” was developed and began to make a good reputation with the underground slave marketplace.  

     Toby set his eyes on an 18 year old footballer called Damien to suffer with and he was convinced that he could tempt a 20 year old Cody, a 18 year old Nathanael and a 19 year old Robert to take £5000 each for a camping trip over the spring, after which they would all bring a great price at Woodland Stables.                                                 

  • Rescuing Alec

    Chapter 12

    Alec

    I woke up with my arms wrapped around Nate, I smiled to myself when I remembered the night before. I had forgotten how nice it was to wake up with someone, other than the night in Cancun, the last time I woke up in someone’s arms, was the day that Zoe had died. I just lay there, enjoying the feeling, I felt Nate stir.

    He turned and smiled at me, “good morning.”

    I smiled back, “good morning to you too, did you sleep well?”

    Nate nodded, “oh yes.”

    I gave him a kiss, “good, me too. I think I could get used to this.”

    He looked at me, “get used to what?”

    I blushed a little, “waking up with you in my arms.”

    He rolled over so he was facing me, “yeah, that would be pretty nice.”

    I decided to take a chance, “so, how about it?”

    Nate looked slightly confused, “how about what?”

    I took a breath, “how about moving in with me?”

    His eyes widened, “seriously?”

    I paused, “well if you don’t want to, that’s ok. I didn’t mean to rush things.”

    He smiled, “no, I do want to, you just surprised me, that’s all. I would love to move in with you.”

    I gave him a kiss, “good, I think we have wasted enough time and you are always here anyway, I just as well get some rent out of you.”

    He chuckled, “oh so this is a business arrangement then.”

    I grinned, “sort of, but the fringe benefits are really good.”

    We heard Roman, “daddy, I’m hungry.”

    I crawled out of bed and pulled on some shorts, “ok buddy, go to the kitchen and we’ll get some breakfast.”

    Just as I was putting Roman’s food on the table, Nate came down the hall. He motioned me, “do you want me to leave?”

    I smiled, shook my head, “no, come on in here, do you want something to eat.”

    Roman looked up, “hey Nate.”

    Nate smiled at Roman, “hey buddy, how are you?”

    Roman grinned, “good, are you going to have breakfast with me and daddy?”

    I said, “he sure is, hey, what do you think about Nate moving in here to live with us?”

    Roman looked at Nate and then to me, “do I have to share my bedroom?”

    I laughed, “no, he is going to share my room, is that ok?”

    He shrugged, “sure.”

    We started moving Nate’s things in the next week and told both our families what was going on. I finished my therapy and was ready to head back to work. Nate had warned me about the “talk” with the captain, that was the first thing to get done on my first day. It didn’t take long, and I was back in the swing of things, I was still loving the job. Even though Nate and I couldn’t sleep together at the station, just knowing he was there, was enough for me.

    We had been living together for about a year, and the fall weather was starting to get colder. Jess and Tara were over one night and were talking about another trip to Cancun in February. It would be two years to the day, since we had all been there the last time.

    Nate asked, “do you think Amy and Blake would like to go with us?”

    I said, “they might, I’ll call and ask them.”

    He smiled, “great, I’ll call Cole and Val, the more the merrier.”

    Everyone was excited to get out of Kansas City for a week in the winter. Mom was glad to watch Roman and Ethan, we hired a sitter to help her during the day, no need to wear grandma out.

    We got to the airport that morning to catch our plane, as we got to our gate, we saw Cole and Val were sitting in the nearby bar waiting for us.

    Nate laughed, “Jesus Cole, it’s 9am and you’re starting already?”

    Cole held up his drink, “you can’t be drunk all day if you don’t start in the morning.”

    We couldn’t argue with his logic, so we joined them. We were staying in the same hotel as the last time, so we knew the area. Once we were checked in, we spent the first afternoon on the same beach that I first met Nate. The bar where he first bought me a drink was still there and we were at the same table where our eyes first met. After we had ordered our first drink, there was a shift change and Raul, the bartender that we had two years ago came over to our table to bring us another round.

    He looked at Nate, “hey Nate, how are you?”

    Nate and I were holding hands, Nate smiled, “doing great Raul, how have you been?”

    Raul looked at me than back to Nate, “I see you had a good night the last time you were here.”

    He grinned at Raul, “yep, the best. Here is my room card, please put these drinks on my room.”

    Raul took the card and looked at it, “oh no Nate, I can’t put your drinks on this card. The drinks are on the house, hotel policy for anyone staying in the honeymoon suite.”

    Jess and Amy looked at me and Nate in surprise, Amy gasped, “the honeymoon suite?”

    Jess shouted, “what the hell?”

    We both just grinned, I said, “we decided what better place to get married than where we first met.”

    Everyone jumped up and we were covered in hugs and kisses, except Cole, who stayed in his chair with a silly smile on his face. Jess was the first to notice him.

    He looked at Cole, “you asshole, you knew about this, why didn’t you tell me?”

    Cole sat back in his chair, “they made me promise not to tell.”

    Amy asked, “why did they tell you and not us?”

    Cole, clearly proud of himself for keeping the secret said, “I will be performing the ceremony.”

    Jess said, “what?”

    Cole replied, “yeah, I went online and filled out some forms, I can marry people now, just call me Rev.”

    I said, “we didn’t know how to find someone here to perform the ceremony so Nate asked Cole if he would do it, we wanted the rest of you guys to be our best men.”

    Raul was still standing there, he said, “we have many weddings here.” He pointed down the beach, “most have the ceremony right down there, near those trees, there is a beautiful view there.”

    Nate squeezed my hand, “that will be perfect, thanks Raul.” It was the same spot that we shared our first kiss.

    We planned the ceremony for the next day at sunset, Raul was right, it was a beautiful view. Cole did a great job and Val took a lot of pictures for us, Amy and Blake were my “best men”, and Jess and Tara were Nate’s. We went back to the hotel and had a nice supper before we all went to our rooms.

    Once we were inside our room Nate grabbed me and we shared a deep passionate kiss. I started to unbutton his shirt, he stopped me, “not yet.”

    I looked at him, “why not?”

    He grabbed a blanket from the closet, “let’s wait a couple minutes to make sure the others are staying in their rooms.”

    I said, “why, they aren’t coming here, it’s our wedding night, they will surely leave us alone.”

    He gave me a grin as he looked out the door. He tucked the blanket under his arm and took my hand, “come on.”

    I followed him out the door, “where are we going?”

    He said, “don’t worry, you’ll like it. I just want to go for a walk on the beach.”

    We headed down the beach, just like our walk on the first night we met. We got to the same spot, we shared our first kiss and just a few hours ago were married. Nate spread the blanket out and pulled me down on top of him. We shared another kiss as he started to undress me.

    I pulled back, “Nate what if someone sees us?”

    He grinned, “I tipped Raul $100 bucks to not let anyone past his bar, it’s dark out and to be honest, I don’t care if anyone sees me making love to my husband.”

    I laughed, “you’re fucking nuts, do you know that?”

    He just nodded, “yep, and speaking of nuts, I want to see yours, right now.”

    A few seconds later we were both naked, making out and rubbing our bare bodies together in the moonlight. Nate kissed his way down my chest until he was sucking my aching cock like he never sucked it before. My eyes were rolled back in my head as I held the back of his head, I was in ecstasy. Just as I thought I was going to explode, he stood up. I sat there admiring his body illuminated by the light of the moon and stars. I leaned forward and took his manhood into my hot mouth, he had never tasted so good. I could tell he was getting close, so I released his cock and pulled him down on top of me. After another passionate kiss, I pulled my legs up and aimed his dick at my hungry hole. The precum leaking from his dick head provided the perfect lube and in one motion Nate’s full balls were slapping against my ass. Our lips were stuck together as we tried to get our tongues deep inside each other’s mouths. My hard cock was trapped between our stomachs, Nate’s hairy abs were hitting every nerve on my dick’s sensitive head. I felt my nuts tighten as Nate moaned into my mouth, the stars seemed to fall from the sky and raced before my eyes as we both exploded, me all over our stomachs and him deep in my ass.

    We slowly caught our breath as Nate rolled to my side, he gasped, “holy shit.”

    I laughed, “you were right, I did like it.”

    We laid there for about an hour, staring up at the moon and stars and telling each other how much we loved each other. Finally, we decided we should head back to the hotel, I told Nate I thought I was up for another round. He decided he could be persuaded to help me with that once we got back to our room. We dressed and walked back down the beach, hand in hand. As we neared the bar, we saw Raul was still working, I pulled Nate to the bar.

    I reached into my pocket and pulled out another hundred-dollar bill, I handed it to Raul and said, “thank you.”

    He smiled at us, “congratulations, I hope you come back every year on your anniversary.”

     

    The End.

  • Live and let serve

    “Seems to me like you have a choice to make, dude,” Josh said trying extra hard to keep his anger in check. “You can either be a fucking coward and pretend that nothing happened OR you can do the right thing and help me crucify that son of a bitch!” His tone was clearly dangerous which wasn’t lost on the boy sitting opposite him.

    “Bro, I can’t do it, you know that!” Jeff said shifting uncomfortably in his chair, trying to make Josh see reason.

    “No, I DON’T know, man!” Josh shot back raising his voice and getting a few annoyed looks by the people around. He went back to a hushed tone “And I’m pretty sure you’re having doubts yourself! Why else would you be telling me all that?”

    “Cause I’m an idiot, that’s why! I shouldn’t have said nothing!” Jeff replied annoyed.

    “No, man! It’s ’cause you’re a fucking human being and you know you can’t sleep with a clear conscience if you don’t do shit about it!” Josh’s words stung the black kid like a needle.

    Jeff lowered his eyes and stayed silent for a few seconds. But then he shook his head stubbornly

    “Nah, forget it, man! I ain’t doing it! I’m not throwing it all away for some stupid fag!”

    Josh raised suddenly from his seat, got into Jeff’s face and hissed.

    “Hey! That ‘fag’ is my friend, got it?” He was being quite vehement about it which surprised Jeff a little.

    “Alright, whatever!” Jeff replied frustrated “But that doesn’t change anything, ok? My mind’s made up, bro!” he said holding Josh’s gaze. The two boys stared at each other in the silence of the library. Then Josh shook his head, giving the other as much attitude as he possibly could.

    “What a pussy!” he said in a disgusted tone. Jeff clenched his jaw but didn’t reply “You better find yourself another tutor, pal, cause I’m done!” 

    “Oh, c’ mon, man! Don’t do that!” Jeff said almost in a panic “My ass is on the line here!” He tried to convince the other.

    “Go fuck yourself!” was Josh’s answer as he stormed out of the hall.

    “Oh, well! Then fuck you, man!” hissed Jeff to the other’s back.

    The boy kept swearing under his breath as he gathered his books and left the library building a few minutes later. What had possessed him to go and blab to Josh about what he had heard? And to think he had only done it so that the stupid fag could protect himself or whatever. He was doing that loser a favor so why had Josh gone ballistic? He had always seemed like he was one of the cool guys, not a protector of the freaks. Jeff was trying really hard to rationalize what had just gone down and to convince himself that he was absolutely right to turn Josh down. Crucifying Mark Sweeney… yeah, right! That was absolutely, positively ridiculous. You don’t crucify people like him, you follow in their footsteps! That’s what you do! Then why was the overwhelming guilt eating him from the inside?

    _______________________________

    Kyle Bennet was a little confused. When he had bumped into his old classmate Ed at the airport a couple of weeks before, the simple idea of getting a little service from him had gotten him hard almost on the spot. And to be perfectly honest, that part had gone pretty smoothly. He had even discovered Ed had been saving his ass cherry (or so he had said) and the bespectacled blond nerd had gotten him hooked on anal in… what? 10 days? Fucking sweet by anyone’s standard. What Kyle had not expected was to find out Ed was almost constantly on his mind. For the super hot sex, of course. Sure… that was certainly part of the reason. But was that it? It was a bit weird, frankly. He was obviously a good fuck but he was the biggest whore on the planet and had been since he wasn’t even old enough to drive! He was not the kind of guy you can have feelings for, he was just… a whore… right? The boy scratched his messy sandy hair right before a familiar voice said:

    “Hey, Kyle! I’m sorry I’m late!” Ed waved entering the coffee bar on campus. Kyle smiled at him.

    “No problem!” he said.

    “My friend Jen needed help with something…” Ed explained “…and then we started talking and… well… I kinda lost track of time. So sorry! I’m ready though!” he sat down.

    “Hey, you keep mentioning these friends of yours but you haven’t introduced me to any of them, you know!” Kyle said in what sounded like a rather petulant, yet cute, tone. Ed raised his eyebrows.

    “Oh! I’m sorry Kyle! I… Uhm… I just didn’t think you cared… you know… I thought you only wanted to… you know… use me… as a sex toy, I mean…” Ed apologized, dropping his voice to a whisper and realizing he might have been a bit rude to his old acquaintance.

    “Well, no, I… you’re right, that is… Uhm… you’re right, I do… I mean I…” Kyle said awkwardly. Ed frowned, suddenly slightly amused.

    “Well, we’re all going out tomorrow night and you’re more than welcome to join us!” he said gently “I’d be more than happy to introduce you guys!” 

    Kyle tried to play it cool.

    “Whatever… maybe I’ll come…” he said then he cleared his throat “Now let’s go to my room, bitch, I’m gonna fuck you so hard you won’t be able to sit for a week!” he added, rather aggressively.

    “Yes, Sir!” 

    _________________________________

    Corey Hansson was annoyed. In the over seven months he had known his roommate, that was the very first time Ed wasn’t answering his texts or calls. It was a really hard time for the spoiled young heir and he needed someone there to take care of him. Chicks could be such a drag when things started to get serious. Of course, he realized he was partly to blame… maybe… a little… It had almost been two weeks since that damn party. All he had done was get a little drunk, make out with a girl and… get caught… by both Karen, his girlfriend (sort of) and Anna, his sex friend. He couldn’t remember much of what had happened but he was pretty sure it couldn’t have been particularly pleasant. So now he was alone, no one to fuck and Ed was not around. He snorted and tried calling him again. Nothing. It went straight to voicemail. “Damn it!” he said to himself “Where can that little fag be?” Then suddenly the phone rang.

    “Hey man! What’s up?” Corey said.

    “Cor, we need to talk!” replied Josh “You in your room?”

    “Uhm… yeah…” Corey frowned slightly.

    “Good, Jen and I are coming over!” Josh informed him rather briskly.

    “What’s this about?” Corey asked but Josh had already hung up.

    ________________________________

    Ed was actually very happy that Kyle had decided to join them for dinner, after all. It had turned out to be quite the awesome night. It was just Josh, Jen and Corey and they all seemed to have liked Kyle right off the bat. There wasn’t much not to like, really. The boy was funny, witty, smart, nice. He was even cute which was a total bonus. He managed to find common interests with all of them, from bitching about obnoxious parents to talking super complicated hacker talk, to having an unsuspected thing for shopping.

    “True story! I swear!” Kyle said laughing and making everybody else chuckle.

    “Oh, sweetie! You crack me up, you know?” Jen said touching Kyle’s arm “How come all the best ones are gay, huh?” she asked to no one in particular.

    “Excuse me! I think you got pretty damn lucky, thank you very much!” Josh complained, but he was smiling.

    “Jealous much, babe?” Jen teased him.

    “Yep!” and he suddenly threatened to tickle her.

    “Don’t you dare!” she said “I swear Josh if you do that you’re not getting any tonight!” and everybody laughed, except Corey.

    “Anyone else wanna barf?” he muttered bitterly.

    “Oh! C’mon Corey, cheer up!” said Ed then turned to Kyle to explain “He got dumped by his girlfriend cause he cheated on her.” 

    “Hey, now! You’re not being fair to him, gorgeous!” Jen said in a mockingly sweet tone, then she started stroking Corey’s hair gently “He got dumped by his girlfriend AND by his whore cause he was cheating on both of them with someone else!” she said with an annoying little smirk.

    “Ouch!” was Kyle’s comment.

    “Bite me, Zalinski!” spit back Corey getting her hand off of him, irritably.

    “Uuuhhh, aren’t we cranky!?” Jen mocked him.

    “Damn, how did I get myself into this mess, anyway? What was I thinking?” Corey asked himself, running his hands through his hair. 

    “Pretty sure it wasn’t your head that was doing the thinking for you, buddy! Not as much as your dick, anyways!” Josh joked and everybody found that funny.

    Even Corey snorted. Then he whined “I want a girlfriend!” he added a few fake sobs.

    “Oh for god’s sakes! Grow a pair, Hansson!” Jen burst out “Why don’t you start by treating girls with respect and not like we’re just a hot piece of ass!”  

    “When have I ever?” Corey complained.

    “Really? REALLY?” she became even more pissed “Do you really wanna know what your problem is?” she said increasingly venomous. Corey rolled his eyes and looked at Josh for help. The dark-haired boy raised his hands.

    “Don’t look at me, bro! Nothing I can do now!” he said and the four boys got to listen quietly to a rather lengthy tirade on all the things Jen thought Corey should change about himself if he ever wanted to have the slightest chance of getting a girlfriend.

    “…AND you should definitely…” she said but got cut off.

    “Alright, alright! I get it, already!” Corey said finally exasperated.

    “Wow, she really is something, isn’t she?” Kyle whispered to Ed who chuckled. Josh also turned around and mouthed to the new boy.

    “You have no idea!” making sure his lovely girlfriend couldn’t see him.

    __________________________________

    Jeff stood in the dark corner of the pub. He was looking at five kids sitting at a table. He only knew two of them but they all seemed to be having a great time. He, on the other hand, felt like shit. It had been for a couple of days, since that awful confrontation he had had with Josh. After some serious souls searching, the ebony-skinned jock had come to realize that his former tutor had been right. His conscience had done a number on him and he realized how selfish he was being. But still, that didn’t change the fact that doing what he was about to do was just about as pleasant as sticking needles into his ballsack. He took a big breath and swallowed hard. Then he walked towards the table. The kids were laughing but they all stopped when they noticed him approach. His mouth suddenly felt dry. 

    “Jeff! Hi!” the cocksucker said, smiling though a little surprised. Josh, on the other hand, was giving him a very, very hard look indeed. So was the girl sitting next to him and a bleached-haired dude Jeff didn’t know. 

    “Uhm… hi…” Jeff distractedly answered the cocksucker, turning immediately to Josh “Look, man…” he started “I’m… I’m sorry about what I said… you know… the other day…” he noticed Josh’s eyes didn’t flinch “I… Uhm… I was wrong…” he said and lowered his gaze.

    “Yeah… you were…” Josh said quietly. 

    “Yeah…” Jeff repeated “So anyways… I… Uhm…” he paused for a second before finally saying “I’m in… if you still want me to…”

    “Of course I do!” Jeff was suddenly cut off by Josh’s voice. The black boy looked up and noticed that the anger in his eyes seemed to be gone “You’re doing the right thing, man!” Josh said with a serious and confident expression.

    “Uhm… what is going on here?” the cocksucker asked, visibly confused. Everybody turned towards him but no one spoke for a few seconds.

    “Jeff, why don’t you sit down?” Josh said then “Ed, there’s something we need to talk about.”

    _________________________________

    Kyle had never been so angry in his life. His fists were clenched so tightly his fingernails were starting to leave a mark on his palms. He was walking silently next to his former high school mate who wasn’t making a single sound. 

    “Can I just say something?” Kyle said trying to sound as calm as possible.

    “I’d rather you didn’t…” Ed replied “I know what you’re gonna say… what everybody else said…” he sounded so utterly beaten and sad it was so out of character for him.

    “That’s because they’re right, Ed! You can’t let that asshole get away with it!” Kyle almost exploded.

    “Please don’t…” Ed begged “I’m so tired of…” he left it hanging.

    “But I don’t understand! We’re just trying…”

    “I know and I appreciate it but look I’m really tired and I really wanna get some sleep, so if you don’t mind…” Ed said rather coldly as he walked into his dorm. 

    “Wait, Ed! C’mon!” Kyle said.

    “Thanks for walking me to my dorm, Kyle… you didn’t have to…” Ed added in a kinder tone, before closing the building door.

    ____________________________________

    “Hey… you’re here…” Corey said as Ed opened the door to their room finding him pacing “I was worried…”

    Ed force a smile.

    “Sorry… I had to clear my head for a bit…”

    “Yeah, no… I totally understand!” Corey hurried to say.

    There was silence for a moment. 

    “Look, man, I know it’s none of my business but I really think you should listen to Josh…” the blond boy said. No reaction from his roommate. “I mean I’ve known him since like forever and he’s super fucking smart, you know that! If he says he can…”

    “Corey…” Ed suddenly cut him off.

    “Yeah, man…” 

    “Can I ask you a favor? Please…” Ed pleaded.

    “Of course! Anything!” 

    “Can we please pretend none of that shit ever happened?” Ed said looking at the straight kid who frowned slightly “…just for tonight… please… let’s just go back to me being your fag bitch, your cocksucking slave… please… I need that… I need to stop thinking about… that… please… just for tonight…” he was clearly begging. 

    Corey looked at him for a few seconds before smiling, rather dumbly “You got it, buddy.”

    Ed immediately felt slightly better, got down on all four, crawled over to his straight roommate and started kissing his bare feet.

    “Thank you, Sir… mmmmmm…. thank you for letting me be your bitch, Sir… mmmmm…. you are so kind to me, Sir…” the gay boy said planting kiss after kiss on those smelly feet. 

    “Yeah, I am, aren’t I?” Corey replied, his cocky tone never seemed to be missing “Could you be more of a faggot right now?” He asked, rhetorically, smirking.

    “I could try, Sir!” Ed replied, “Would you grant me the honor of licking your perfect feet clean for you, Sir?” He asked in the most subservient way possible, still kissing and slobbering on that nasty skin. 

    Corey thought about for a second. 

    “Maybe later. Get up here, faggot!” He ordered.

    “Yes, sir!” Replied Ed and got up on his knees, facing his roommate’s crotch almost instantly. He waited silently as Corey undid his belt, unbuttoned his jeans and lowered his Tommy Hilfiger boxers. 

    “Open,” Corey ordered and Ed obliged without questioning. The huge, limp, uncut dick entered his mouth for about half its length. Ed hadn’t been ordered to suck it so he stood there, still, like a good dog that has been thoroughly trained, enjoying the savage taste Corey’s junk never failed to provide. “Imma give you a pint of your faaaaaaavourite fag drink, hehe!” Corey said and although Ed tried to say ‘thank you’, his reply sounded completely unintelligible. Corey knew what he had meant, though and right before relaxing his bladder, he snickered and said:

    “Cheers, queer! Hehehe!”

    -——–

    Corey had been peacefully snoring for maybe half an hour and yet Ed was still licking the soles of his feet adoringly. It had turned out to be quite the awesome night. The straight boy had pissed down his throat, let Ed service him while enjoying his porn, fucked his face savagely right before cumming and let him lick his balls while he was getting high and drinking beer, chuckling and giggling pretty stupidly all the while. He had even let him taste his asshole, which was an extra special titbit for Ed. And as a final treat, when he was ready to hit the sack he had told him to lick his feet till he fell asleep. Everything had felt so good and Ed didn’t want it to end so he kept lapping those feet like his life depended on it. It was only temporary, of course. He knew he was gonna have to deal with his problems in the morning. Namely Mark Sweeney. Apparently, the quarterback was gonna beat him up again soon. The mere thought of it terrified him. The boy knew all too well that people like Sweeney were untouchable, which meant there was not a thing he could do to avoid being fag bashed. There was no way he would let his friends get involved with this whole mess. They had offered, repeatedly, insistently and vehemently but… No. He looked up at the face of his straight roommate. He slept so beautifully and without a care in the world. The thought of ruining that for him made him sick to his stomach. And Josh and Jen… it was unbelievable how much they cared for him. Him! FagEd, the disgusting bitch that no one wanted to hang out with in high school. Even Jeff now! That was crazy! The dude had never even had a conversation with him, now all of a sudden he… what? Wanted to protect him? The boy couldn’t understand why. And then there was Kyle. That was another riddle.

    Ed was so confused. His tongue was tired but he didn’t want to stop. Licking those feet felt good. They didn’t even taste nasty anymore. They didn’t taste like anything at all. But it felt good. It actually felt safe. If only he could have kept doing it forever.

    ———————

    Corey woke up hungry and with a nice morning wood that was poking through the front of his boxers. He yawned and stretched but his foot touched something. He looked down. Ed was still on his knees at the bottom of his bed, sleeping with his head between his feet. Corey yawned again and scratched his crotch. His roommate had apparently collapsed after god knows how long. He was probably exhausted from a night that couldn’t have possibly been comfortable nor recharging. Yet Corey was actually very proud of himself for having helped his roommate the previous night. It had been a way of repaying him of everything he had done for him, what with the tutoring and basically being at his beck and call, 24/7. He placed his right foot in the fag’s cheek and started slapping it lightly. 

    “Wake up, fag!” he said in his deep morning voice. 

    Ed opened his eyes suddenly and looked up. Corey didn’t move his foot, he simply looked down at him. 

    “Morning, Sir…” he said and immediately started to kiss Corey’s other foot, the one that was lying right in front of his mouth. 

    “You spent the whole night licking my feet and you still didn’t have enough?” Corey asked, amused. 

    “Never, Sir… mmmmmmm…” Ed replied “Thank you for last night, Sir…” he said then. 

    “Sure” replied Corey distracted, then he took off his boxers, taking his feet away from the fag’s face for a moment. Ed marveled at his straight friend’s manhood “Get me off, I need to dump a load somewhere”. 

    “Yes Sir!” said Ed and immediately dove between his thighs, sticking that hard uncut cock down his throat, tasting once again his personal piece of fag heaven. 

    ___________________________

    “So you wanna… help me?” Josh wasn’t entirely convinced of the boy standing in front of him.

    “Yeah, man” answered Kyle “I’m so angry I need to make that motherfucker pay for what he did to him!” He said vehemently.

    “Oook…” Josh said still not convinced “Look no offense man but I don’t know you, I literally met you last week…” he said “I mean why do you wanna help him so bad? And don’t give me that ‘cause we were buds in high school’ bullshit cause I know you weren’t.” The handsome brunette said dropping all pretenses to the bespectacled boy.

    Kyle held his gaze for a few seconds without replying. Then he admitted “You’re right, we weren’t… he was the guy who would suck my dick on command… he would suck anyone’s dick, really… but you already know that, don’t you?” He finished looking straight into Josh’s eyes. No reply from him. “No one wanted to be his friend, he was a freak… the talk of the school, everybody laughed at him, called him all kinds of nasty names…” he paused and looked down, somewhat ashamed “…and I hate to say that I was no exception… I mean I never did it to his face but…”

    “Then why are you here?” Josh’s tone was dangerous again.

    “Well… because since when I bumped into him at the airport I started thinking about those days… and I realized I was kind of a dick to him…” Kyle confessed “…You see I simply couldn’t admit to myself that I was liking his blowjobs way more than the rest of the school… I couldn’t be gay, not me, the perfect son! Can you imagine the shame I was gonna bring to my stuck up family?” He was clearly venting in a bitter, resentful way and Josh didn’t stop him “So you know what I did? I stopped getting my dick sucked just to prove myself that I didn’t need a faggot to blow me, I was gonna find a chick to do that for me!” He sounded a little embarrassed “…and I didn’t just stop visiting him in the toilets, I started to ignore him completely at school… not that we had ever had a real conversation before but now I avoided him like the plague!” He scratched his head “Anyway, I don’t wanna bore you with my life story, let’s just say that now that he’s back into my life and I am finally able to be honest with myself… well… I kinda feel sorry for him.” He admitted “And then when I found out about that son of a bitch…” he added way more aggressively.

    Josh had stayed silent the whole time.

    “Alright, I get it.” He finally cut him off. Kyle looked slightly surprised.

    “You do?” He said.

    “Yeah, Corey and I were both huge dicks to him one time so… I get it…” Josh said.

    “Really? What’d you do to him?” The sandy-haired New Yorker asked, sincerely curious.

    It was Josh’s time to scratch his head in embarrassment.

    “Well, we kinda… face raped him… and filmed the whole thing…” he didn’t even know why he was confessing that to someone he had just met. It somehow felt right “…Cor even pissed all over him while I stood there cackling like an idiot… to our defense, we were completely wasted…” he added to justify himself.

    “Yeah man, I don’t wanna burst your bubble or anything but I doubt he was even phased by that.” Kyle said in all honesty “I mean he used to get that like ten times a day in high school and way worse!” 

    “Yeah, I know, but I don’t care. That was just wrong!” Josh asserted almost daring the other to respond “Anyways, my point is, he completely forgave us… he’s one hell of a guy…” he paused “ he’s one hell of a friend…” he added.

    Kyle smiled. “Yeah, well, I don’t know him that well but I plan on changing that.”

    The two smiled at each other. Then Josh said:

    “Did you really just stop using his mouth… just like that? How did you do that?” He asked amused.

    “Hardest thing I ever did!” Kyle replied bitterly and they both chuckled “That guy’s the best cocksucker in the fucking country!” 

    “I know, right? It’s like he was born to suck dick!” Josh said, all in all quite happy to be able to share those thoughts with another intelligent human being.

    “Yeah, but trust me, I’m making up for the time I lost!” Kyle smirked.

    “Hehehe! Good for you, man!” They both laughed again, then they fell silent.

    “So we’re really doing this…” Kyle said.

    “Yeah…” Josh replied

    “He wouldn’t want us to…” Kyle objected feebly.

    “That’s because he’s scared we might get hurt in the process. The guy’s not exactly good at asking for help.” Josh said.

    “Ok…” Kyle simply said “Next question: How do we do it?” 

    Josh smiled “well… I have the beginning of an idea… why don’t we go get something to eat and you can help me figure out the rest.”

    ———————————————

    Mark Sweeney’s day could not have gone any better. 

    He had had an awesome practice, gotten spotted by one badass scout and was probably on his way to become the NFL star he clearly deserved to become. But the cherry on top of all that stuff was that he was about to fuck the hottest cunt he had ever laid eyes on. Fucking sweet deal, really. This chick was like 26 and married to this stupid old faggot who wasn’t even touching her and she felt frustrated and completely unsatisfied. So she had found this super hot young college stud on Tinder and he was super happy to fuck her brains out. That was him of course. Mark Sweeney. All in all, Mark was feeling pretty damn good about himself, even more than usual. Not that all of the above hadn’t happened to him before. The hot athlete was quite used to being the object of people’s attention. Especially girls, of course, and pretty much all of them. After all, who didn’t want to sleep with Mark Sweeney? He was the man. Hot, sexy, rich, successful and hands down the coolest guy on the entire planet. Everybody knew that, including, or better yet especially, himself. He took his time to shower. It was good to feel the water caressing all his awesome looking muscles. Besides he wasn’t in a hurry. He couldn’t stop imagining all the nasty things he was gonna do to that cock-starved bitch and his dick just wouldn’t go limp. He dried himself, got dressed and looked at his own reflection. He liked doing that. A very handsome, blond-haired, blue-eyed jock was smirking back at him. He looked like a million bucks. 

    “Uhm… Mark… can I come in?” a deep voice asked politely.

    “Sure!” Mark said distractedly while checking his phone. One of the freshmen came into the room, a black kid named Jeff Murphy who practically worshipped the ground he walked on. And rightly so.

    “What’s up, Murphy?” the quarterback said.

    “Hey, look, can I use your laptop? Mine’s dead and I need to finish that paper for Clarke…” the black kid said miserably.

    “Haha! No problemo! Just wipe the cum off the fucking keyboard when you’re done jerking off, loser! Hahahaha!” Mark said witty as always, laughing at his own joke. The black kid predictably laughed too, how could he not?

    “Sure thing, boss!” Jeff said, “Is it ok if I give it back to you in the morning?”

    “Whatever, I’m busy tonight, anyways!” Mark told him, shaking his hips like he was fucking a nice, wet whole.

    “Man, you rock!” Jeff said, adoringly.

    “Yeah, tell me something I don’t know, freshman, hehe!” he said grabbing his keys and wallet and exiting the room “Close the door when you’re done!” he added.

    “Yes, boss!” was the answer that came. It was so good to be Mark Sweeney.

    _____

    When the door opened, Mark’s smile couldn’t help but get way bigger. The girl was off the charts hot. Nice tits, nice ass, nice legs and a slutty face that screamed ‘RAPE ME!’

    “Hey, babe! You’re even hotter than I thought you’d be! Sweet!” Mark used his charms masterfully. The girl smiled, bashfully.

    “Thanks…” she whispered “I was gonna say the same thing about you…” she said flirtatiously. 

    “Well, lucky you, huh? Haha!” he joked “So, do you want me to come in or what?” he said rather impatiently, getting real close to her face. 

    “Yes, of course, come in!!” she invited him.

    They walked into the living room which was small and looked rather empty. There were only a couch and a little coffee table. He wasted no time and grabbed her ass. She turned around nervously and smiled an awkward smile.

    “Is it ok if we have a drink first? I’m a little jittery… please?” she asked, cute as can be.

    “Hehe! Sure thing, babe! Anything you want, I’m in no hurry!” he said and threw himself on the couch.

    “Alright, I’ll be right back.” she smiled at him “Is beer ok?” she asked walking towards the kitchen. 

    “Totally!” he replied distractedly, staring at her tight ass. Oh yeah. It was gonna be a hell of a night.

    __________________________________________

    The pain in his head was searing. The stench was acrid and incredibly pungent. The taste in his mouth was revolting. He felt nauseous. As he was coming to his senses, slowly and agonizingly, he realized his body hurt in several places. It was all so hazy and he felt sore all over. His back hurt in particular. And his ass. Yeah, that hurt a lot. And his balls. Why did his balls hurt so much? Also, his throat was sore as hell. What the fuck was going on? He couldn’t open his eyes, not yet. He wasn’t there yet. It was like coming out of a dream. Not a good one though. His head hurt so fucking much it was unbelievable. He couldn’t even think straight, the pain was so strong. He felt wet. He actually felt like his whole body was lying on a cold, wet surface. The position he was in was extremely uncomfortable. His neck was stiff as fuck. And then the light was attacking his eyelids. Yeah. Mark Sweeney was not feeling good. Not one bit. 

    He forced himself to finally open his eyes. The light was pretty strong and he had to blink several times before his pupils started to adjust. There was a window in front of him and he realized that the cold, wet surface he was lying on was actually the bottom of a bathtub. He tried to move and managed to sit up. He brought his dripping wet hands to his face, to cover the light. Man, the smell was unbearable. He looked at his hands. Then he looked at the bottom of the tub. The wet sensation he was feeling… it was piss. He was lying in a two-inch-deep pool of fucking piss. He jumped up in utter disgust which he probably shouldn’t have done because his fit body was not as ready as usual and he slipped and fell on the hard floor, hurting his shoulder.

    “Fuuuuck!” he shouted but his voice was strangely hoarse. He tried to get up but needed to do that very slowly, attempting to steady himself. When he was finally up, he did something we would all have done. He looked at his reflection. This time, though, he did not enjoy the view. What he was seeing was obviously impossible. It was an abysmal spectacle that simply could not have been real. The young man that was staring back at him in pure horror was not blond anymore. His golden hair had been shaved on the sides and he now sported a bright fuchsia mohawk in the middle of his head. His eyebrows had been dyed the same awful color and the word ‘FAGGOT’ was written across his forehead in all caps. His lips, his cheeks, even his forehead was covered in transparent slime that, judging by the smell, could not have been anything else but cum. His handsome face was covered in fucking cum! But it wasn’t just his face. He realized that his whole body, that was dripping with piss, was also covered in the same disgusting muck. There were other words written all over his torso. ‘COCKSUCKER’, ‘SISSY’, ‘CUNT’, ‘QUEER’, ‘PUSSY’, ‘DICKLICKER’. And, lowering his gaze, Mark realized that someone had made sure that his pubes would match the color of his hair. But the most absurd thing was that his dick was hard as never before. What the fuck was wrong with him?!

    Mark screamed in horror and frustration and just stood there staring at that nightmare, sobbing. He turned around and looked at his back since it seemed to give him pain. And the horror continued. Not only were there similar insults scribbled in big black ink but the skin on his back and particularly his ass was red and swollen. Right over his ass crack, the words ‘COCK GOES HERE’ were towering over what looked like a scoreboard that spread on both his ass cheeks and was clearly there to count something unspeakable. The sight of cum dripping out of his asshole was too much. He doubled over and threw up. 

    ___________________________

    It had taken him well over an hour to pluck up the courage to finally leave that house. He had tried to wait for that absurd, painful erection to go away but no such luck. That thing was there to stay. He had tried to shower but there was no running water. He had actually realized that the house seemed empty of pretty much everything. In fact, the only furniture in the entire place consisted of that couch and coffee table in the living room. The rest of the house was bare. He couldn’t even find a stupid towel or anything he could wear to cover himself with. Yeah, because his clothes, his wallet, his phone, even his car… everything was gone. He was all alone in a strange house, at least three miles from campus, reeking of someone’s piss and cum and there wasn’t even a fucking towel to dry himself with. He was gonna kill the motherfuckers who had done that to him. He was gonna kill each and every one of them and he was gonna enjoy it as he had never enjoyed anything. No fucking question about it! But who the hell were they? He could not remember a single thing about what had happened to him. The very last thing he remembered was that fucking cunt that had clearly drugged him. She was gonna pay too. Becky, that was her name, right? Or maybe Patty… and what the hell was her last name? He realized he had no idea whatsoever. But he was gonna track her down, for sure. He was gonna make one of those fucking nerds do it for him. Yeah, that’s exactly what he was gonna do. 

    Not now, though. He had more urgent business at the moment. The only way he could get help was to go back to campus which meant walk all the way there. In that pitiful state. In the middle of the day, when everyone could see him. The mere thought of it was petrifying. Being seen like that was social fucking suicide, of course. But he WAS Mark Sweeney. Rules didn’t apply to him! Everyone worshipped him so it was pretty much a given that he would recover from that! Yeah, no question about it. Right? His mind was working tirelessly to find a silver lining in all that shit. He swallowed hard. Then, with fear, anguish, and dread he covered his crotch with his hands to hide his abnormally stiff dick and opened the entrance door.

    _____________________________

    There were so many people watching and taking photos and videos. It looked like the whole campus was there. Every student, every faculty member and the dean of course. All those people there to witness the arrest. Two cops were taking away the Stanford Cardinals star player, Mark Sweeney and that was as big a scoop as ever. Everybody knew him, after all. He was everyone’s idol. And yet everybody was there to witness his fall, even the local news. It was just a Wednesday morning that had started like any other before, and then all of a sudden, something completely absurd had happened. Mark Sweeney had shown up on campus naked, with a pink mohawk and nasty fag names written all over his body. And what was more, was that he seemed to like the attention very damn much. He had a boner that people were gonna talk about for years to come. From hero to zero… from football stud to pervert… just like that. And now this! He was being arrested. The whole campus was completely absorbed and transfixed by that particular, juicy piece of information. Mark Sweeney was being arrested for… what exactly? Being a pervert? Could you even be charged for something like that? Or maybe it was because of the rapes? Was he finally gonna get it for all the girls he had forced himself onto? Was he finally gonna get it for how much of a jerk he had been all his life? The expression on the young man’s face was something people were not accustomed to. He was crying like a baby. Weeping and sobbing uncontrollably as the cops were forcing him into the car. It was surreal. Absolutely surreal. 

    A little distant from the crowd, on the other side the road, five students were watching the scene. They didn’t have phones in their hands and they didn’t share everybody else’s expression of stupor. The did, however, share the same exhausted look, like they hadn’t slept all night even though there was some sort of overdue satisfaction painted on their young faces. They stayed silent for a while until the police car passed them by and they could get a glimpse of Sweeney’s utter, inconsolable despair. 

    “Good riddance…” muttered Jen when the car was no longer visible and the crowds were starting to disperse. The other four silently agreed. Then, with a much lighter tone, she added “Breakfast, anyone?” 

    ______________________________

    None of them had even tried to give him any kind of explanation. The answer he had gotten had been the exact same one “I don’t know what you’re talking about but if you ask me he got just what he deserved!” Jen, Josh, Corey, even Jeff had replied with that same infuriating nonchalant that told Ed that they actually did know a whole lot about that whole incident. In all fairness, Kyle had actually tried to do the same but the look on Ed’s face had clearly worked better than it had on his other friends. 

    “Tell me what you did… all of it please…” 

    ” Ed said serious as death.

    “I don’t think you need to know al…” Kyle tried to reply but got cut off.

    “Yes… I do… I really do Kyle… please…” Ed insisted. 

    They were in Kyle’s room, it was mid-afternoon, quite the usual time for them to see each other. But they weren’t having brutal sex this time. They were both sitting on the boy’s bed, next to each other.

    “Fine…” Kyle gave in “We made him pay for what he did to you…” he confessed “…and not just to you… they say that son of a bitch raped tons of girls too…” he continued more vehemently. Ed didn’t reply, he kept looking at him. “Anyways…” Kyle resumed “…Josh and I, we sort of … we came up with a plan and, you know, we all did our part… well… all except Corey, he didn’t do much of anything, to be honest… that guy’s kinda useless if you ask m…”

    “Kyle…” Ed said rather impatiently.

    “Ok, ok!” the bespectacled boy said scratching his head “It all started with Amanda, Jen’s cousin…” he said and Ed frowned. 

    “Who?”

    “You see, Jeff had heard that fucking douche brag about hooking up with random chicks on Tinder…” Kyle began “…he even bragged about his nickname cause he thought it was clever…” he snorted “Anyways, Jen has this super hot cousin that was very happy to help once she explained the situation…” he paused slightly then continued “So basically she hit him up and made him believe that she was starved for sex. And boy did he fall for it!” Ed was listening, still without saying a word “When he got to the house we rented for that night, she gave him… well, something…” he hesitated.

    “Something what?” Ed pressed “You mean she drugged him?” he asked incredulously.

    “Yeah… it was actually a cocktail of some roofie and a pretty massive dose of viagra…”

    “What?!” Ed’s jaw dropped.

    “Yeah, look, it’s probably better if you let me get to the end before you start freaking out…” Kyle said a little patronizingly and Ed’s eyebrows raised.

    “Fine…”

    Kyle cleared his throat nervously.

    “So, anyway…” he resumed “…when he was out the real party began…” he said in a flat tone “I… Uhm… I kinda… went on Craigslist and gathered as many guys as I could… very horny, very shady… very gay guys… and I told them what that motherfucker had done to you…” he paused.

    “You did not…” Ed interjected in pure incredulity.

    “Yeah… and they raped him, Ed… brutally… mercilessly… ass, mouth, they used his body as much as they wanted… they kicked his balls like…” the boy shivered as he was saying those words “That was so fucking hard to watch…” he commented then went on “…they even kept score of how many times they came inside of him…” he said with the right amount of rage “I gave them permanent markers so they would write on his perfect athlete’s body all the nasty shit he would call people like us…” he continued “Then, when they were done, we threw him in the tub and we all pissed on him… and yes Ed, I did that too!”

    There was silence in the room for a few seconds. Ed looked like he had seen a ghost. 

    “But… but…” the black-haired boy was speechless, which was kind of a first “how… how… he… I mean…”

    “Did I break you?” Kyle said kinda cheekily and Ed regained his wits.

     

    “Very funny…” Ed said coldly “Why was he arrested?” 

    “Well, I kinda only told you my part…” Kyle confessed “…you see Jeff borrowed the douche’s computer and Josh kinda filled it with… compromising stuff…” he said vaguely.

    “Oh man, what do you mean compromising stuff?” Ed pressed on, in exasperation but Kyle raised a hand:

    “Trust me, you don’t wanna know the details!” he said “Suffice it to say that it was a bunch of really and I mean REALLY nasty, perverted shit that’s not exactly legal.” he said with a final tone “ And then of course the police was tipped off anonymously and when they got there, in addition to the computer they also found a whole bunch of drugs in his room, as well as copies of all the finals he was supposed to be taking in a couple of weeks…” the boy said “Hey, don’t look at me, I don’t know how he got those!” he added hastily, like that was the only problem with that whole story.

    Ed was silent again which was quite disconcerting. He kept looking at Kyle ashenly. 

    “Ok dude, I’m done, you can freak out now…” Kyle said in a rather meek tone that was quite out of character.

    “I don’t know what to say, Kyle…” Ed said, “I literally have no words for what you did…” 

    Kyle rolled his eyes.

    “Look, that guy got exactly what he deserved. You know that’s true!”

    “If I hear that line one more time…” Ed said frustrated.

    “Well, tough shit!” Kyle blurted out angrily “We didn’t do to him anything he hasn’t done to others a bunch of times!” he had gotten to his feet and was positively mad. 

    “I don’t care about him, stupid!” Ed shouted even louder getting up too “Don’t you get it? You all put yourselves in danger! Any part of your stupid ‘PLAN’ could have gone horribly wrong!” he said, tears welling up in his eyes.

    “Yes, and we did it for you, dumbass!” Kyle poked Ed in the chest “So you should probably be a little more grateful, don’t you think?” he snapped. Ed was positively stung by those words and didn’t reply immediately. He felt so many things inside his chest, he thought he was about to explode.

    “I… I am… Kyle… you have no idea how grateful I am…” he said finally but there was no anger in his voice. His voice was shaky as he was close to tears “I… I just…” but he couldn’t finish. 

    Kyle closed his eyes for a second.

    “Look, I get it!” he said now grabbing the other boy’s shoulders “You were worried about us and that’s all well and good but do you really think Josh and I could not come up with anything short of perfection?” he said with blatant arrogance. Ed lifted his face and looked at the boy who carried on “We made sure that nobody could trace us back.”

    “What about the house you r….”

    “Paid cash and gave the guy a false name…” Kyle anticipated.

    “And what about the guys you contacted on Craigslist… and… and all the stuff you put on Mark’s computer? How do you know they’re not gonna…” Ed insisted but was cut off again.

    “Oh please! That was child’s play, Ed! Even you could have pulled off that much hacking!”

    He was right, even though Ed felt like he had run out of ‘what ifs’. They remained silent.

    “Why did you do it?” Ed finally asked.

    “You’re not seriously asking me that, are you?” Kyle said throwing himself on the bed, a little childishly. Ed’s look was too determined to ignore. He rolled his eyes again “Because we care about you, stupid!” 

    And that, right there, was exactly what Ed needed to hear. Once again he got reminded that he had people who cared for him. Was life actually that good? Could it be? He swallowed back the tears and sat on the bed again, next to Kyle’s feel. No one spoke. Ed had a whirlwind of sensations that confused him. And although he tried, he couldn’t deny that he felt good about Mark. It was selfish and wrong. But it did feel good. He swallowed again then took a deep breath. He didn’t know what to say, he almost felt drunk. Then all of a sudden he frowned.  

    “Hey what about the pink hair?”

    Kyle sneered.

    “Well, that was Jen’s idea. She was in the house when he lost it and decided it would be funny if the guy had pink hair. But then she decided to do his eyebrows too… I wasn’t too sure about the pubes but she went ahead and did it. She would have done his armpits too but the guys were getting impatient so…”

    Ed couldn’t contain himself. For some reason, he found that hilarious and burst out laughing.

    _________________________________

    Three days after the arrest, Mark Sweeney was officially expelled from Stanford University. Not even his father’s influence had been enough to save him from that. The main reason had been the stolen finals, of course. The drugs and the kiddy porn, well, the police were more concerned with that stuff. And also the rapes. Given the new status of formerly untouchable Mark, twelve girls had come forward and spoken about how the star player had forced himself on them. Whether he would be sentenced to prison or not, people would have found out over the next few months but the life the young man had led up till that day was probably over for good, given the media coverage on the matter. 

    Life on campus went back to normal fairly quickly though and in no time finals came and went. When the results came out no one was as shocked as Corey to find out that he hadn’t done too bad. He had managed to pass most of the subjects which had made his cold-hearted father finally cave in on the money issue.

    “Yeah, thanks, dad… bye!” an elated Corey said on the phone.

    “Yes!!! I got my allowance back!!!” he shouted the second he hung up to the three other boys in the room. Ed and Josh who were smiling, couldn’t help high-fiving each other “Oh man, I can’t believe how fucking good this feels!” the blond boy continued. 

    “I can’t believe how much of a spoiled brat you can be!” Josh commented and Kyle snickered.

    “Yeah, I’m with Josh there, sorry man…” he commented.

    “Well, what if I am?!” Corey whined “Yes, I am rich and yes, I am spoiled…” he admitted “..and I’ll bow to that!” he added smirking. The others chuckled “Hey, we need to celebrate!” Corey continued “What if we all go to Miami over the summer?”

    “M… Miami?” Ed asked.

    “Yep, the brat’s got a huge beach house there…” explained Josh “…and by the way, it’s the least you can do!” he added looking at Corey.

    “Yeah, whatever…” Corey replied a little annoyed “I’ll even let you bring Miss you-know-what-your-problem-is? I won’t hold it against you!” he said to Josh “What do you guys say?”

    “I’m in!” answered Josh, smiling “And I doubt Jen’s gonna say ‘no’ to Miami” then he added smirking “Especially if she gets to lecture you in ‘what your problem is’!” 

    “Great!” said Corey flatly “Ed? You can come too New Guy, you know…” he added, talking to Kyle then “But I’m warning you: I want my dick sucked at least three times a day while this little bitch is there!” he pointed at Ed and flashed him his cheeky smile.

    Ed smiled and looked at his old high school mate to see his reaction.

    Kyle snickered again. “Hey, he’s not my boyfriend or anything…” he shrugged “…but I got dibs on his ass!” he told Corey.

    “Deal!” Corey said and shook hands with Kyle.

    “Nice to see they asked for your opinion, Ed!” Josh commented while flipping on his phone.  

    “Hehe! It’s fine, I like it better this way!” Ed chuckled. 

    “Great!” said Corey “So when do we leave?”

    The boys started planning their vacation while Ed watched them. His thoughts were elsewhere though. He was still amazed at how these people had changed his life in a way that he could have never foreseen. A life that wasn’t exceptional by any means but this year he had had the chance to experience what friendship meant. It was lame of course and probably most people would have not understood the way he felt simply because something as common and taken for granted as that could not feel ‘new’ at 19. Yet, new it was for Ed. It was uncharted territory but, little by little, Ed was getting way better at understanding it. 

    “Guys!” he said suddenly and the other boys looked at him. He swallowed then continued before losing the guts “Look, there’s something I need to say.” no one spoke “We haven’t talked about it and we are not going to in the future.” he began “But for what it’s worth, I want you to know that I do not approve of what you did.”

    “Dude!” Kyle started exasperated but Ed cut him off.

    “No! Let me finish, please!” his tone was so polite that it was impossible not to grant his wish.

    “You committed a felony. You were off the charts irresponsible and pretty stupid if you ask me…” he stated, “You risked big and you did something awful to Mark…” 

    There was silence in the room. Corey was looking at his feet and biting one his nails, nervously. Josh was looking intently at Ed without speaking. Kyle, on the other hand, was just about ready to reply to that bunch of nonsense but Ed didn’t give him the chance.

    “That being said…” he resumed speaking “…thank you…” he said trying hard not to cry “Thank you for every single thing you’ve done. You have no idea how grateful I am…” the boy continued wearing his heart on his sleeve “No one has ever done anything like that for me…” then he corrected himself “Well, no one has ever done anything for me period…” he admitted “…and… you…” he wanted to go on but he was lost for words. 

    The three boys looked at him. There was a weird expression on their face, probably a mixture of guilt and shame. But they were somehow smiling. It was Josh who broke the silence by simply saying:

    “Sure! Anytime buddy!” 

    And everything felt great again.

    _________________________________

    Ed had been right about the fact that the incident was never brought up again. Mark Sweeney didn’t end up serving any time but his dad’s fortune had gotten a little thinner after paying off anyone who would say bad things about his precious heir. No one ever found out about ‘the plan’. It was crazy but true. Of course, the former football stud had pointed out that ‘that stupid black kid’ had borrowed his laptop just the night before the incident but all those incriminating files had clearly been on that computer for months and months, Josh had made sure of that. And all the stuff Mark had said about the fact that he had been drugged and raped… well, there was no real proof. The second the alleged victim had gotten back to his frat house he had not only showered so thoroughly that any genetic material on his body was lost but he had shaved his entire head and pubes to hide the fact that they had been dyed. Sure, there were the nasty writings on his body but the police didn’t really believe him. They never found any trace of the alleged drug in his urine if not a strong dose of Viagra and none of the people involved in his downfall were ever found. The girl seemed to have vanished into thin air and the name of the person who had rented that house had turned out to be none other than Mark Sweeney himself which had led the police to believe that the whole thing had been just a sexual game gotten a little too far and now that the popular jock had been labeled as a perv, he wanted to cover it all up by screaming RAPE! 

    They never saw him again nor heard about him. Not over the following years, not after college when, as it happens, they all went their separate ways. Some of the gang stayed friends though, which is not always a given. Josh and Jen ended up getting married and Corey and Ed were both best men at the wedding but after having a couple of kids they split up and found new partners which still makes Thanksgiving and Christmas pretty awkward indeed. Jeff became an NBA star and made millions. He retired at 38 and is now a well-acclaimed sports commentator. Kyle dated Ed for a while but decided to break it off before graduation. He pursued a political career and, to his mother’s horror, is now a very gay senator for the Democratic Party. Corey and his younger brother Chris inherited the family company and the enormous load of responsibilities that came with it when their father suddenly died in a tragic plane crash which forced them both to grow up very quickly and get their shit together. They now manage successfully a larger company than their father’s ever was, which no one could have ever foreseen, not even Ed. 

    Ed is happy, by the way. He’s not just an internationally renowned theoretical physicist, he’s in a good, solid marriage with a younger man who happily indulges a few of his quirky kinks. After a series of relationships that didn’t go too well, he has collected a large number of memories. Good and bad, of course, like is often the case. He has friends and people who care for him and although his high school days are now far away, they’re not forgotten which is why he still treasures those very same feelings, so common and taken for granted by so many. 

    But this, as they say, is another story for another time.

  • Punch Fucked

    I’d met Fernando twice before at my place. A man of 60, Hispanic, 160, 5’10”, 32” waist, an uncut cock of 8.5”, and medium sized fists. Fernando had introduced me to the beauty of taking fists while using a gas mask.  I’d never imagined anything could feel so euphoric!

    We’d not seen one another for quite some time due to busy schedules and whatnot, but finally, we were able to coordinate a fisting rendezvous. Only this time, Fernando didn’t want to meet at my place, he wanted to meet at a bathhouse not took far from my place. He wanted the use of a sling and liked the idea of opening me up in public. I was excited by the idea, so I agreed to go for it.

    Fernando told me to bring nothing but some poppers and he’d take care of the rest. So I went about my business if cleaning inside and out, prepping myself for some heavy ass play. I’d eaten a gummy to loosen me up and began to mount my fist dildo which was auctioned to the floor. Feeling the fake closed-hand push through my rectum was hot, and my hungry hole sucked it in without resistance. 

    It was time to head to the bathhouse now. I’d eaten that second gummy now, knowing soon I’d be in the right headspace to take what was coming to me. Fernando and I agreed to meet in the changing room, and when I arrived he was already there stripping down to a leather jock and a harness that crossed over his hairy chest. He watched me strip down to my jock and told me to lose it l, which exposed my cock, locked up in a metal cage.  

    Fernando snatched a small bag, grabbed me by the balls and walked me into the play area where there were small cabins on each side of the corridor. Loud thumping music pumped into the facility, drowning out the many sounds of man on man sex taking place around us. 

    As we walked through, I nervously clutched the IronFist poppers and I could feel my hole beginning to twitch. I did notice some men watching us, I’d imagine the spectacle of a caged-sub being dragged by the balls through the place was a sight. Finally through to the other side, we made our way into another dark room where there were a couple of slings. One in use, I could make out a top slamming his junk into the lucky bottom, but it was too dark to notice specific details. 

    Fernando stopped at the adjacent empty sling. He pulled me in for a deep, wet tongue kiss, spit into my mouth and placed his right hand on the sling. “Hop in”, he said. This was an invitation I was excited to accept.  I steadied the sling and lowered myself into it, sliding down just enough for my slutty hole to land in an ideal place for Fernando to do his thing.  Fernando secured my ankles into the straps on each side, and then he reached into his bag and pulled out a leather blindfold. It was large enough to cover my eyes completely, I could only see darkness.

    Without sight, my hearing sense heightened and i could hear Fernando wrestling with the contents inside his bag. Next, I felt Fernando’s hot breath on my quivering asshole, and then his bearded face in my crack as his tongue darted in and out, licking at my innards, making me moan with heavy anticipation. 

    My manhole began to open for Fernando’s fingers as he alternated between eating my hole and giving me three fingers. I wanted to shove his entire head into my cavern I was so ready for it. Sensing this, Fernando arose from my bottom and placed the gas mask over my face, his voice on my ear, coaching me to take some heavy breaths before removing it and oh my god, i felt like I was floating on that sling.

    Fernando introduced his duck-bill hand into my anus, slickened by lots of lube, and as his initial entry continued, I pushed out my hole, inviting him inside, or more like desperately letting him in, needing that full feeling of a hand inside me. I let out a wild moan, grasping the chains at the sides, and bouncing my hips up and down over his now closed fist.

    I fumbled to find the bottle of poppers I placed at my side, and blindly navigated opening, inhaling, closing, and letting the fumes do their thing. Fernando wasted no time, easily recognizing I was ready for something more. He pulled his fist back and out and punched right back inside.. his pace and depth increasing until his fist was literally flying, my eyes rolled up into the back of my head as I raised my arms behind my head and took the initial onslaught like a champ!

    My hole was unbelievably singing with this first barrage. Fernando pulled his fist out and it was replaced by a thick dick. Not Fernando’s, his isn’t that thick. This stranger held his dick inside me as if he was waiting for something. Suddenly, I felt my left nipple being squeezed and a clamp biting down onto it, and then my right. Fernando moved my mouth to the side and guided his pierced dick into my mouth, yanking on the chain, pulling on my tits. Fernando let go of the chain momentarily to feed me some poppers then pulled again when I felt the top’s fist slide in next to his cock!

    The top began to beat his meat in his fist, inside me. I wasn’t in that sling 30 minutes and I was already as open as a tunnel! It was when the top began to pull his fist and cock all the way out and all the way in when I felt the flaps of my cunt stretching wider and the sling plunged down over this combination, taking my breath away!  The top pulled his fist out completely and began to bang into me harder with his cock until I heard him growl over the music and felt his dick pulsating, emptying seed into my faggot hole. 

    Fernando finally let go of the tit clamps and I felt his finger swipe the puddle of pre-cum from my abdomen and place it into my mouth. My swollen hole felt so empty now. I could feel cum dribbling out. Fernando instructed me to push the load out as he kneeled and once again rimmed me good, collecting the top’s seed and then we snowballed it together. 

    Fernando placed the mask over my face again and moved punched his fist deep inside me, pushing deeper, 2/3 of his forearm now, past my second sphincter.  I was getting very heady, light-headed, so  I pulled the mask off and Fernando began to punch each closed hand inside of me, same depth, one after the other now. This went on for several minutes before he used just one arm now, punching with such ferocity and ending with a final blow that slid all the way down to his elbow!

    I felt like I was in outer space now. Like my soul had left my body. I tugged on the clamps myself now wanting to maximize the sensations as they moved through me. Elbow deep, Fernando slowly moved his arm back, very very slowly, as I poppered up and as his wrists began to scrape my pussy lips, I grabbed onto the sides of the sling and knew he’d be punching up inside me once again! One hard and swift stroke inside my greased up chute his arm went, my body impaled on his forearm. 

    I was howling and barely coherent, the state of ecstasy and bliss, I began to yell out, “ohh fuck yeah, thank you, Sir! Fuck yeah, fuck yeah, Thanks you, Sir! With each and every punch!

    Fernando pulled his arm from my ass and I felt the air on my now very sensitive open gape. An unfamiliar hand entered me now, larger, very large. A closed fist pushed and challenged me, lots of slime to ease the stain as I tried to reposition myself for this new intrusion.  I wanted it so badly. Fernando placed the make over my face again and I heard him scream out to me, “show him your rosebud!”! I pushed down and out hard and fel the insides of my pussy pushing out exposing the fleshy flaps. The ledge fist punched them back in completely as I took off the mask and let this extra large fist fly, I could hear the top grunting as he pummeled and rearranged my guts. My caged cock spewed out a gusher of cum when my add home shook from the wild assgasm he’d given me!

    I feasted on my load and Fernando put his fist back inside me. The other top pulled my head to his cock and within minutes he came all over my outstretched tongue, ultimately shoving that cock right down my throat, holding onto my head tightly until his climax ended. Then he walked away. 

    I thought maybe Fernando was going to double fist me now, but he unexpectedly pulled out and replaced by another foreign cock. I could barely feel it inside me I was too open and loose and very very sloppy. I heard this too pounding away at my home yelling down to me how he liked fucking loose pussy and breeding faggots. Fernando yanked the clamps off my tits and began to twist them, then I took a swift punch to my exposed balls which had me howling and tightened up my hole…the top or Fernando punched them again and a third time sending the top into a hard drilling, creaming my hole with his juice. 

    By this point, I’d long lost control of my senses, I was putty. But my cunt wasn’t done being wrecked, not by a long shot. Fernando told me to put the mask in as he plunged in with his fist just past his wrist and soon I felt his other open hand slide right next to it. He twisted and turned inside me, while I tried to keep that mask on as long as I could without passing out and once removed, I was seeing stars when Fernando clasped both hands together and formed a mega-fist. Like a cannon ball inside me, moving from my wrecked opening down to his adjoined elbows. Gliding through my body swiftly, I began to piss myself, steams of warm piss  hitting my stomach and pouring  down me.  Fernando briefly stopped and took my caged cock into his mouth as I finished pissing down his throat. 

    I toon a deep hit of poppers and even breathed some in from the open bottle, sending me off on another personal adventure. Fernando lined his fist one next to the other and I pushed down hard, swallowing them whole, Fernando grunted loudly as he used all his strength to use both fists now, the sling now moving my cunt over his closed fists easily. Fernando stopped again for just a moment and I felt his cock slide between his fists. What a fucking trip this way, the sling moving to the rhythm of his thrusts, my balls once again tightening as my asshole was battered and I came hard this time, feeling stronger spurts of cum spewing out of my locked dick. 

    I was breathing hard, Fernando pulled his cock and fists out. He swiped my cum into his wet fingers and lubed my hole with it. I felt another fist inside me now. Fernando and the other stranger were now forearm fucking me, one pulling back when the other pushed in. I didn’t need the mask any longer, I was fucked open permanently. I raised my arms up over my head, closed my eyes, and just let everything go. Somebody came over and began to lick my exposed right pit and pinch my nipple. This was fucking wildly insane.

    the double arming stopped and the next thing I know, I’m being taken from the sling, still blindfolded, I’m walking with one arm around Fernando and the other around the stranger and I’m now mounting the fuck bench on all fours! I’m strapped in and my head is in the stockade block. My hole is stuffed with fist and dick, my mouth fed with Fernando’s cock. I feel his PA scratching my throat. He’s yelling out the other top, “that’s it. He likes it when you punch him out hard. Use this faggot. That’s why he’s here.” And then he laughed, as the other top relentlessly wanked his cock inside my home until he nutted. 

    Fernando placed the poppers up to my nose and then he ate my hole out again before the finale. Another long, fast and hard gut punching if one fist after the other, fists flying! I pissed again on the floor this time as the cage was hanging loose from the bench and I was done. I was wrecked beyond what I could have possibly imagined all in about 4 hours!

    Fernando hadn’t cum yet. He released me from the fuck bench and removed the blindfold and helped me up. We went to get some water and let our heads clear for awhile before heading to the locker room and heading back to my place.  

    I stripped down to my jock and Fernando was completely naked. It was almost 4am now. Fernando’s cock was still hard and needed release. He pushed me onto my stomach and for the next 45 minutes or so, he slow fucked me, resting his face on my shoulder and I could feel his snake slither in and out, up and down, slow, slow  rhythm.  Breathing slightly heavier, he bit down on my shoulder he babies  just pouring inside of me. He left his cock inside me as he faded away to sleep, and I did the same, feeling the warmth of Fernando’s sweaty body on mine. 

    I awoke many hours later when I felt something warm filling me up inside. Fernando was barely awake, but giving me the gift of his morning urine.  He rolled off me when he finished and I took him into my mouth to get the last drops. I had to quickly run to the restroom to release and not only did I piss into the toilet, but I emptied out all that piss, cum, and lube, as it grossly fell into the toilet.  I wiped my behind with a wet cloth and joined Fernando in bed. 

    I was the little spoon as he cuddled me, and could feel his boner grinding against my ass. Once he inflated hard enough he guided his meat inside and filled me with his nice Cuban meat. Not as gentle as last night, he lifted my leg up high and thrusted hard using my hole like a fuck toy until he filled me up again.  I felt like a cheap whore when he got up and called an Uber, dressed and left me there. 

    I fell back to sleep and was useless the entire day after taking all that cock and those fist all night!

  • It’s a Cock’s World

    I have saved enough vacation time and enough money for a one-month trip to planet Phallus. It is tightly situated between Earth and Mars; you could say that it fucks Mars and is buggered by Earth, lol. Phallus is inhabited by gay men only. They are all naked and always proudly exhibit a hard-on. When you meet a new citizen, you don’t give a hand shake, you grab his cock and caress the mushroom. They call it a head shake.

    My guided tour includes a visit to the Body Type Zoo and to the Museum of Phallic Art. There is free time to exercise at the Docking Fitness Center and to pay a tribute to the Bodybuilder Worship Temple. A visit of the Church of Holy Masturbation of Hotter-Day Saints is optional but worth a yummy detour, I’m told. To reach the Body Type Zoo, we take a 40-minute drive on the Hot Rod Transit Co. After a few stops, the driver yells out “Move to the back!” He really means “Shove it in the rear door!” You fuck the guy nearest to you. It’s as simple as that. I forgot to mention that the moto of planet Phallus reads “Bareback is a rule, raw pleasure is a must.”

    The zoo’s main attractions are Bears, Cubs, Otters and Wolves. There are also Bulls, Pups, Bunnies and Rats (gym rats). I’m not too much into bears with a big belly, but I adore sniffing hairy armpits and ass cracks. I get to pick someone my age (37) but with a dick twice as long as mine. I bury my face in his furry nest, lick his low-hanging balls, and plunge my mouth to engulf the mammoth offering. He also wants to suck, so we engage in a hot 69 session. When this bear cums, he likes to taste his jizz in the most virile fashion. There’s only one solution, same as on planet Earth: he fucks me in the ass, floods my shit hole, pulls out and orders me to flush out ropes of his creamy nectar so that he can felch it. I’ve never seen a guy quench his thirst so avidly.

    The wolf available is lean, muscular and silver. He’s an older sexually aggressive man looking for a partner about my age. He prowls around me, inhales my earthly scent – it seems to intoxicate him –, then Wolf attacks, covering me with fierce kisses. He was already hard and I thought he had reached the zenith, but his dick increases tenfold. Since I have just been ass-fucked by Bear, I indicate that I prefer a face-fuck. “No problem, I’m here to please visitors.” On that note, his tail penetrates all the way to the back of my throat. I both choke and moan with pleasure. “Just pull out a little bit; I want to suck your rod greedily, feel it pulsing vigorously; I want to pump your man juice like my life depended on a cum transfusion!” Otters and Cubs applaud loudly and encourage their friend Wolf to deliver the goods. A generous dose of white gold overfloods my mouth!

    After the success of this savage visit, my guide suggests that we go for a drink at a bar known for its tasty appetizers. The place is called Tongue-in-Cheeks. The stools are set up so that our asshole is in evidence. Having an appetizer, here, is obviously tongue-twisting your way inside some guy’s butt, and vice-versa. To my surprise, the guide caresses my arse while giving me a wink. I respond with an inviting smile because I want so much to feel his short beard brushing in my crack, tickling my rear door before he starts darting my rosebud with his hungry tongue.

    I spend a whole day at the Museum of Phallic Art. I am welcomed by a statue of Priapus, Greek god of fertility and male genitalia. All sculptors and paintings of Priapus show an oversized, permanent erection. The statue in front of me is life-size. The god’s appendage is so big that two guys can stretch out on his hard dick and have a 69 session. Next to Priapus is Pan playing the flute over an enormous cock crowned by a succulent mushroom (penis looks cut to me).

    Heracles, also known as Hercules, is a Greek and Roman mythological hero known for his strength and far-ranging adventures. A marble statue of Heracles, made by sculptor Claude Bouscau, stands in the Parc Mauresque (Arcachon, France) since 1948. It stands 10 feet tall (3.1 meters). Bouscau reduced the size of the statue’s penis on two occasions after its installation, following complaints from local women. The appendage was frequently stolen, and in 2016 the city council decided it would not replace it, choosing rather to put a temporary penis when public events were held near the statue. The one on display in the Museum of Phallic Art does not have a cock. Guys are invited to cast their own cock and install it on the famous sculpture for a souvenir photo.

    There is obviously a statue of David, completed by Michelangelo in 1504; it measures 17 ft x 6.5 ft (517 cm x 99 cm). The reproduction, here, has a slight difference (I should rather say a huge difference): David’s penis is 9 inches long (22.5 cm). Visitors line up to suck what they imagine to be the artist’s life-size dick. David’s butt has a heart shape, and I can’t resist caressing it. Another statue of Michelangelo is presented: Pietà. The marble piece of art blows your mind and inflates your already hard joystick. The sculptor depicts a crucified Christ not in the arms of his mother Mary but on the knees of his preferred apostle John… who caresses the divine stiff cock.

    Rodin’s Age of Bronze is a life-sized statue of a young man. It measures 72 inches high (182.9 cm), and was created in Belgium where it was modeled in 1876. The sculpture was so life-like that Rodin was accused of having it cast directly from a real model, which was considered a dishonest artistic practice at the time. Academia favored idealized over realistic forms. In the case of the Age of Bronze on display in the Museum of Phallic Art, there is no criticism, on the contrary. The body of the young man borders on perfection, except that his penis has the size of his fist. Residents of the planet Phallus don’t complain; many of them show up every day to caress, lick and suck the bronze cock. I follow the tradition wholeheartedly.

    Last but not least of the statues on display is the Manneken Pis, a landmark 21.9 inches (55.5 cm) bronze fountain sculpture in central Brussels, Belgium, depicting a little boy urinating into the fountain’s basin. Though its existence is attested as early as the 15th century, it was designed in its current form by sculptor Jérôme Duquesnoy the Elder and put in place around 1618. Manneken Pis has been repeatedly stolen or damaged throughout its history. The current statue is a replica from 1965, with the original being kept in the Brussels City Museum. On planet Phallus, the liquid coming out of the fountain boy is REAL PISS and guys flock for a golden shower. I had my face squirted with the precious amber liquid – that of an athlete – and I swallowed it as a succulent souvenir of my visit to the museum.

    Time is running out and I would be sorry not to tell you about the Docking Fitness Center, the Bodybuilder Worship Temple and the Church of Holy Masturbation of Hotter-Day Saints. Under the sign of the Docking Fitness Center, there is a warning: uncut dicks only. You go in to wrap your foreskin around a buddy’s White, Black, Asian or Indian dick. Glans kiss voluptuously and pump their man juice inside one extra long seamless divine rod. Cock-to-cock fucking is more popular on planet Phallus than on planet Earth. As for the Bodybuilder Worship Temple, you pretty much have guessed that it’s a place to adore muscles. The more you worship a guy’s biceps and pecs, the more he sucks your cock. The more you worship his thighs and eat his firm butt, the more he fucks you hard and deep.

    My final stop is at the Church of Holy Masturbation of Hotter-Day Saints. There is no lack of vocations on planet Phallus. There is even a waiting list for young men who want to be ordained priest and join the Order of White Gold. And there’s a hot reason for that. The main task of the young priests is to distribute holy communion on a daily basis in the church. On Earth, the bread and the wine represent the body and the blood of Jesus Christ; during the Eucharist, Catholics receive a host at the time of Communion. On Phallus, priests masturbate and spurt ropes of jizz in the mouth of three, four or five guys kneeling down. Going to church has never been so popular, so fuckin tasty!

    At the end of my trip, I wanted to thank all the dudes who had made my stay so pleasant, especially the guide, the directors of the Museum and the Zoo, as well as the young priests. I greedily sucked, rimmed and fucked them all. They reciprocated with energy! At the last minute, the guide hinted that a special tip would be appreciated. I agreed and fisted him on the spot.

  • For the Love of Big Black Cock

    Get busy living or get busy dying. And to get busy living you got to get busy cuming.

    Life is what happens in-between orgasms.

    I used to work swing with a black man and although he was a bit older than me and far more experienced than me at running the industrial washing machines we tended to, I was the one the boss gave the key to, so I could lock up at night. I was also the one he would ask about production when it came to how the previous evening went, typical racial bullshit, right? My co worker, John Givens was a black man that was about 15 to 20 years older than me and although he was black and I was white we got on pretty well. At the time I was fairly thin, about 150 pounds, 5 foot 10 inch with long blonde hair. I was in a rock band and had the hair to look the part. But being so slim and young I used to get mistaken for a girl a lot of times, especially if someone saw me from the back.

    John was totally into his van which he would take on weekend exertions with his van club. This was in the early 80’s. It was a bright white van and had a mural on the side that said “Midnight Rodeo” as a joke to John’s sexual experiences that he would have inside the van. He told me he would never take his wife; it wasn’t that she didn’t like to travel but mainly because he would bring other girls with him. He told me that that was the only reason for the trips away from Seattle was to, “screw some strange”.

    A lot of time John was visited by girls toward the end of our shift, and I was asked to keep an eye on his machine while he went out to his van to “entertain the woman’s”, as he would say.

    One night two new girls showed up and John went out again toward the end of our shift to “entertain” them. This was the first time that two girls had come to visit with him. One was white, the other black. I was just shutting down everything and he came back in and asked me if I would like to have some fun with them. Understanding the excessive winking from John I told him, “I was good,” and he went back out to his van to tend to his two friends.

    After only a couple of minutes or so John came back into the shop and told me one of the girls was super hot on me and was insisting I go out to the van. She likes guys with long hair and she said she would do anything. Not to sound like an asshole but, neither one of the girls were my kind of flavor. They both looked a bit older than me and the white girl had a bit too much meat on her bones, you might say. But I wasn’t getting any sex from my on again off again girlfriend, so I thought… what the hell, and the part about her doing “anything” raised my curiosity.

    The girls had their tops off when I got into the van and John was starting to disrobe. John handed me a joint and said, “This will take the edge off of whatever is in your craw.”

    “Oh thanks John, but what do you mean by that?”, I said.

    The girl next to him said,” You know what he means, I never seen a man not want pussy, I’m thinking you might like something else”. This kind of pissed me off so I narrowed my eyes and in my best Bogey voice I said to her, “I like it all, Babes.”

    “Nice” says the white girl Karen that was sitting next to me. “I like a man that swings both ways”.

    Here have some of this too “, John says and hands me a shot of Tequila. “We’ve started without you; Brandi and Karen and I have had 3 of these so you’ve got some catching up to do “.

    “Um, I mean… I like whatever comes around, uh…” I trailed off grabbing the shot glass.

    “I know what you mean,” Karen said rubbing my leg and holding her hand flat under the glass to act like she’d help me pour the liquor down my throat.

    After I down the shot and a toke or two Karen turns toward me and starts kissing me. She whispers in my ear to pull down my pants and underwear. I was still a little shy about being naked but by this time, John and the other girl were too busy sucking face to care if I was naked, and then Karen pulled her bra off. After going down on me for a bit Karen asked me to climb onto the bed a little more and as I turned over to pull myself up onto the bed she grabbed my pants and briefs and pulled them down to my ankles. She reached over and pushed my butt down into the bed with both hands and then pulled herself up and stuck her face into my ass. She then proceeded to grab my ass cheeks and lick her way down from my lower back to the back of my balls, pushing my legs apart. I had never had this happen to me before by a girl and with such enthusiasm so I was a bit startled but, God Damn, it felt great!

    I turned and looked back over at John who was going to town on the black girl with his face in her lap while she was in one of the front captain seats with her legs spread wide open. She was starting to moan pretty good too.

    “Hey John, look at this here ass. My god it’s beautiful!” Karen said as she slapped one of my cheeks.

    “What up” said John ass he stopped munching on the black girl and looked up at us, “Shit out of the three of yous, he’s got the best-looking ass. Don’t even have any hair on his crack.”

     “Well he says he goes both ways, said Karen, “I’d love to see if that’s true”.

    John looked at me with a quizzical face and said, “That really true Randy? ‘Cause if so… Dat be cool wif me”.

    Then Karen started to chant. “Man on Man, Man on Man, Man on Man!”

    Brandi leaned over in the front chair said, “Ooh, that’s so fucking hot, I love watching two guys go at it.”

    Before I could refuse John looks me in the eye and says, “I’m game, if you game, buddy”.

    At this time in my life I had been with very few girls, but I had been with four guys before, and although I’m kind of an exhibitionist, being watched while having sex seemed like a whole other ball game.

    “Hmmm”, I nervously laughed, “I’m not agreeing to anything yet man, let me have another shot and let’s see how big your dick is”.

    “Oh, John’s got a big dick,” Brandi chimes in quickly.

    “Alright Randy!” John sang out. “I knew you’d come around to having some fun. But Gawd damnnn! You surprise me boy. Here, check this out”, as he pulled his pants down.

    John’s dick was a beauty. He was kind of a husky big guy, about 6 foot 3 maybe about 240, with a bit of a belly, but his cock should have been on a porn star. It was a solid cut 7 inches, perfectly proportioned and pretty thick. The big vein on the underside was easy to see ‘cause he kept flexing it and the whole cock would twitch up and down. (I later asked him about this and he said he did it all the time. They were almost like a Kegel work out which he thought made it so he could fuck for any length of time).

    “Um, well that’s a bit on the big side”, I said hearing my voice slurring a bit.

    “It’s a bit bigger than most but it gets better when it gets a little harder”, John said in his sing-songy-Muhamad Ali sounding voice.

    John gave me the next shot and my head was really starting to swim.

    “Let me see that man meat,” I said as john came over and hunched over me with his dick in my face.

    “Oh you got’s to suck on it white boy to get it really hard”. Brandi says over John’s shoulder.

    John came closer and pulled his pants off. I reached out and grabbed his cock gently and lightly squeezed it.

    I swear just holding onto John’s cock started to make it get even bigger. I tried to put it in my mouth but it was almost too big. I put the tip into my mouth and tried to get more up into my mouth without scrapping my teeth on it. Stroking it back and forth with the spit dripping off of it really got him into the groove.

    “Oh yeah, Randy suck on just the head and stroke me… Nice”! John said kind of under his breath.

    “Oh, you white rascal you,” He panted.

    “Come on Johnny and fuck him,” Karen blurted out.

    I was really feeling high at this point and thought there may have been something else in the weed we smoked. I became very subservient.

    John turned me over onto the bed and grabbed my hips and ran his dick up and down the crack of my ass. He found my hole and tried to push in but with just the bit of spit from Karen it was a no go.

    “Hey Brandi, hand me that lube that I got out on the dash”.

    Brandi gave John a small bottle and I could feel John’s finger lubing up my hole with it.

    “Yeah, he’s gonna like your cock John”, Brandi said from behind him, “If you can get it in him, Hehe”.

    Karen interjected, “Oh yeah Black on White, let’s see if this here white boy can take all of John’s dick.”

    “Hold on now,” John said. “Let me get at least two fingers into his hole to loosen him up. You OK Randy”?

    I moaned while he was twirling two fingers around into and out of my ass, “Go easy on me”.

    “Mmmm, this boy’s fuckin’ ass be tight,” John says.

    “Yeah, Fuck him John! Put your big black dick in him and fuck him hard”, Brandi says with a husky voice, “I can’t wait to see him moan.”

    “Aw right Rand-dog, you ready for some meat”?

    I turned my head around and looked up at John who was looking down at my ass to find my hole, and said, “Yeah, Um yeah, just remember to go slow.”

    At that John pushed the tip of his cock into me and grabbed my left hip with his hand.

    “Okay Rand-dog, I’ll tell you what I always tell the girls here when I fuck ‘em up the ass. Take a deep breath and blow out slowly, I’m going to push my dick into you part way, that way I be able to get past your inner ring. It might hurt just a bit but in a couple of minutes you’ll be feeling fine. I know you ain’t had no big black cock in yo ass before or you’d a been all over me a long time ago”.

    John pushed into me a couple times and his fat prick only went into my hole about an inch if that. He was taking it real slow. Then he pushed really hard but his thick hard cock just stopped about an inch and a half into me.

    “Jesus John, push up into him hard and fast, show that Blonde cunt no mercy, like you do with me and Karin,” Brandi scorned.

    “Hold on bitch, if you so worried about it why don’t you eat my ass. Dat get me going, better”. John said to Brandi.

    “Shit John, you have a nice cock and all but yo ass ain’t as sweet as dis here blonde bitches. I’d surely eat yo cum out of his ass if you axed me to, but you got a man butt, and wif all the hair and all that ain’t fo eatin’”.

    I was just trying to get used to the girth of John’s cock meat and didn’t think too much about the two girls around me, until Karen stopped kissing me and then got up and pulled her panties off and positioned her pus right in front of my face.

    “Hey Blondie, you think you can eat some pussy while you get your ass banged out”? Karen pushed her legs around my shoulders and pushed her crotch right into my face. Her legs were a little on the heavy side but her pussy smelled wonderful, like the musk of a woman and bubblegum. I started eating her box and she grabbed me by the hair and pulled my face into her to her. “Oh man, I knew you could”, she gasped as she force fed me her kutchy.

    I started to lick her pussy and I swear her clit just popped right up, like a little dick. I licked it hard to take my mind off of the fat black cock that was going deeper and deeper into my ass. Normally I would have been happy as shit and pushing back into the pounding of a cock but John’s was extra wide and to tell you the truth, I didn’t seem to be loosening up like I had when getting fucked by other guys. But then any other guy I fucked before didn’t have as thick of a cock as John’s.

    “Come on you white bitch you can go down into my dirt hole too, ya know. Now eat it. And lick it hard. I like it hard. Real hard”! Karen said to me as she force fed me her neither region. I looked up at her and she was tweaking her massive nipples and pulling out on them between her thumb and fingers.

    It was obvious these girls were more than kinky.

    “Oh Man Randy, your ass is fucking tight as shit, bitch.” John gasped.

    He was still only about half way into my ass and I noticed that the black chick, Brandi was behind him mimicking his thrusting movements. Sort of like she was humping John, It was like being fucked by a two headed person.

    Karen leaned over my head and said, “Yeah, Blondie, take that black dick you whore. You know you want it! I knew you’d dig cock when I first sawr you”. (She pronounced the word saw with an “r” at the end of it.) “Yeah you didn’t disappoint me neither, you a fucking slut too! No better than Brandi and me. I bet you eat cum out of my cuzzy and ass too.”

    I wasn’t really paying much attention to Karen’s blathering although upon further reflection it did seem pretty awesome and raunchy.

    Then John blurted out in a breathy tone, “Ooow Man, you almost have most a my dick in you. God damn boy you tighter than any of these whores here. I’m a going start to push a bit harder into ya.”

    I wasn’t saying much due to having a Karen’s fat pussy shoved in my mouth. But I was starting to loosen up to the slow in and out stabbing of John’s fat cock.

    Just then Brandi started making some weird noises. I didn’t know that earlier she had put a belt on herself with a dildo that would vibrate and quiver. Hence the reason she was dry humping John.

    “Oh my god, Shit you fucks! I’m cumming! Shit, shit. SHIT!!! Oh! Oh fuck, OH FUCKIN’ CHRIST!”

    Brandi rolled off of John and fell backward grabbing her crotch with both her hands.

    She started humping the air and convulsing like she was suddenly possessed.

    “Haaa, Ha Ha!, John laughed, “One down, two to go”

    Karen grabbed my hair and pulled my mouth into her pussy. I was trying to concentrate on getting her clit worked back and forth but John was really hammering into me hard now. His cock was pushing deeper and deeper in me but it was still a pretty fucking tight fit. I was trying to loosen up when quick as shit he pulled full out and grabbed more lube to put on his dick and my hole. It was a feeling of complete emptiness that didn’t feel right until he pushed back up into my ass.

    “Randy, I swear, I’m going to get this dick in you fully if it takes all night”.

    “Plow his ass Johnny, He just need yer cock all the way up in his guts”, I heard Karen say as she leaned back with my muff in her face.

    “Damn, I got to beat this pussy up”, John said to no one in particular as he started to really bang into my back door.

    I lifted my face out of Karen’s muff and laughed to myself ‘cause that was something John had told me ever since I’d first met him. He’d say, “Man, you know, to make a bitch happy, you got to beat that pussy up.” The funny thing now was I was the bitch in this scenario.

    “Yeah, eat that pussy you skinny blonde cunt,” Karen said as she grabbed my hair and started to pull my face more into her pussy. “Mama’s going to sing tonight”.

    With the added lube John was picking up the pace really good and I could feel his balls starting to slap the back of my sack. They were making a squishy wet sound from all the lube he had applied to his cock. Our balls lightly sticking together when he bottomed out in my ass and then pulling apart with the squishy wet sound

    “Fucking, yeah man!” John said with his teeth clenched together. “I gots to beat this pussy up, Fuck it! Yeah, good!”

    All of a sudden Karen let go of my hair and grabbed my ears to get her hole more into my face. I could barely breathe and I really wasn’t concentrating on hitting her clit much anymore because I believe she was trying to push my face up into her cunt. She was really wet, her juices were running down my chin and making my neck and chest into a sloshy mess.

    I hadn’t realized it, but Brandi had pulled off her dildo belt and climbed up next to me and Karen. She was pinching Karens nipples and fondling her tits like she’d never seen a girl with big fat tits like Karen’s.

    “Oh yeah, Oh yeah, Oh yeah, Oh yeah, Fuuuuck! I’m getting there. I’m getting there, I’m cumming!” Karen screamed over my head.

    She almost bucked me off the bed but John had a hold of my hips pretty tight as he was now stabbing me in long deep thrusts. It didn’t take too much longer with all the rubbing on my prostate that I started to cum.

    “Oow fuck yeah, Oooow fuck my ass John, Push it in harder” I cooed as I wiggled my butt back and forth trying to get more pleasure into my hole. “Fuck I can’t believe I’m cumming. I didn’t even touch my dick”.

    “Oh you clamping down on me Randy, you gone make me cum. Fuck yeah, Damn it, Shit yeah, MOTHER FUCKER BITCH!”

    John slowed down his hard thrusting into my ass and then held me still for a bit while he pushed his cum deep into me.

    “Aw yeah Johnny, You nut deep inside that blonde bitch. He not going to be able to walk fo’ a week”, Brandi said.

    John pulled out of me just as Brandi said, “Oh it’s my turn. I wanna fuck his ass now”. Brandi had grabbed her strap on belt and added another dildo to fit on the front side. “See we can play together like Karen, and I do. See I gets to fuck you now”

    Now normally I would be done after cuming and having a big cock like John’s up my ass, but for some reason I didn’t want this black girl to push me around and for some reason I still wanted more. “OK Brandi, what you got for me”?

    “Hey Rand-dog, Brandi she likes to play rough, so be carefull”. John said to warn me.

    “I’m a big boy John, I think I can take anything Brandi can dish out”.

    “Ight, just saying, the bitch be half crazy when she’s got that strap-on on her”.

    Brandi popped a black dildo onto her harness. This thing was almost as thick as John’s dick but was about 10 inches long.

    “Holy shit”, I said as she moved over to me on her knees with an evil smile and turning back slightly grabbing the lube.

    Brandi looked deep into my eyes and said, “Oh yeah, Bitch, I’m gonna make you my white whore. I’m gonna turn your hole out”!

    Before I could protest she was on top of me and had grabbed my legs and pulled them up over her shoulders. She lubed up the dildo and proceeded to push it into my hole. I was still pretty much opened up from the fucking I’d just received from John so the dildo went in fairly easily.

    “Don’t you worry you skinny blonde bitch”, Brandy hisses to me, I’ll keep lubing this cock up nice so’s I can push it up into you, ALL THE WAY!”

    “Black on White again, Fuckin’ HOT”, Karen sang out as John and her watched Brandi fuck me.

    Brandi was a pretty good-sized girl and obviously fucking strong. I would not want to meet her in a dark alley but then here she was fucking me while I was folded in half, completely dominating me.

    “Shit Rand-dog, looks like you met your match in Brandi”, I heard John say.

    It didn’t take long before the vibrations from Brandi’s harness started to really get to her again.

    “Oh you fucking Blonde Cunt, Take my cock, Take it up your cunt Bitch! Fucking blonde skinny whore! You know you want it, you slut” And then slap, she hit me open handed across my cheek. It didn’t so much as hurt as it surprised the shit out of me.

    “I’m gonna cum! I’m gonna cum! Im gonna… gonna cum”! Then she slapped my ass and leaned over and put both her hands around my neck and started to choke me.

    “Hey, Hey, HEY!” I heard John scream as he pulled Brandi off of me.

    The site was almost comical and reminded me of when someone breaks up two dogs from fucking and one of the dogs is still humping the air. That was how Brandi looked, just dry humping the air with her big black cock in her harness as John pulled her away from me.

    “Shit Bitch, what the fuck is wrong wit chu? John said.  

    Brandi kind of came to her senses and looked around at the three of us and then burst into tears.

    “See Randy, I told you she be a crazy bitch”, Said John.

    After everyone calmed down and we were putting our clothes back on. Brandi looked over at Karen, John and me and said, “So when we get together again, huh?”